English dropdown-ico

Manual Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE

702 pages 8.18 mb
Download

Go to site of 702

Summary
  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 1

    ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 2

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE Operation Manual Programming Publication History Issue Description of Changes Date First Edition The first edition is is sued. 2010/08/04 Second Edition 1. Chapter 2.8 M Relay: Add M1037, M1 1 19, M1 182, M1308, M1346, and M1356, and update the description of the func tions of M1055~M1057and M1 183. 2. Chapter 2.13 S peci ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 3

    Issue Description of Changes Date Third Edition 1. SE is added in th e title of the manual. 2. Chapter 2.16: The default value in D1062 is K10. 3. API 15 in Chapter 3: The conte nts about S<D are deleted in program example 3. 4. API 148 and API 149 are added in chapter 3. 5. The information relat ed to DVP-SE is added. 6. The information related ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 4

    i DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE Operation Manual Programming Contents 1 PLC Concepts 1.1 PLC Scan Method………………… ……………………………………………… …… ……... 1-2 1.2 Current Flow………………………………………… …………………………………………. 1-3 1.3 NO Contact, NC Cont act…? ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 5

    ii 3.2 Explanations to Basic Instructions……………………………… …………………………... 3-3 3.3 Pointers…………………………………… ……………………………………………… …… 3-12 3.4 Interrupt Pointers………………………………………………………… …………………? ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 6

    iii 7.4 Sending SDO, NMT and Reading Emergen cy Messa ge through the Ladder Diagram... 7-15 7.4.1 Dat a S tructure of SDO Request Message……………………… ………………... 7-15 7.4.2 Dat a S tructure of NMT Message……… …………………………………………... 7-18 7.4.3 Dat a S tructure of EMERGENCY Requ est Message? ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 7

    iv The DVP-ES2 series PLCs, the DVP-ES2-C series P LCs, the DVP-EX2 se ries PLCs, the DVP-SS2 s eries PLCs, the DVP-SA2 series PLCs, the DVP-SX2 series PLCs, and the DVP-SE series PLCs are listed below . Series Model name DVP-ES2 DVP16ES200R, DVP16ES200T, DVP24ES200R, DVP24ES200T , DVP32ES200R, DVP32ES200T, DVP32ES211T, DVP4 0ES200R, DVP40ES200T, D ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 8

    v ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 9

    1-1 PLC Concepts This chapter introduces basic and advanced concept s of ladder logic, which is the mostly adopted programming language of PLC. Users fa miliar w ith the PLC concepts can m ove to the next chapter for further programming concep t s. Howe ve r , for users not familiar with the operating principles of PLC, please r efer to this chapte ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 10

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 1-2 1.1 PLC Scan Method PLC utilizes a stand ard scan method when evaluating user program. Scanning process: Scan input st atus Read the physical input st atus and store the dat a in internal memory . Evaluate user program Evaluate the user program with dat a stored in internal memory . Pr ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 11

    1. PLC Concepts 1-3 Scan time exception PLC can process cert ain it ems faster than the scan time. Some of these items interrupt s and halt the scan time to process the interrupt subroutine program. A direct I/O refresh instruction REF allows the PLC to access I/O immediately during us er program eval uation instead of waiting until the next scan c ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 12

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 1-4 1.4 PLC Registers and Relays Introduction to the basic internal devices in a PLC X (Input Relay) Bit memory represents the physical inpu t point s and receives external input signals.  Device indication: Indicated as X and numbered in oct al, e.g. X0~X7, X10~X17…X377 Y (Output Rel ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 13

    1. PLC Concepts 1-5 1.5 Ladder Logic Symbols The following t able display s list of WPLSoft symbols their descripti on, comm and, and memory registers that are abl e to use the symbol. Ladder Diagram Structure Explanation Instruction A vailable Devices NO (Normally Open) contact / A contact LD X, Y , M, S, T , C NC (Normally Closed) contact / B co ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 14

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 1-6 Ladder Diagram Structure Explanation Instruction A vailable Devices Multiple output branches MPS MRD MPP None Output coil OUT Y , M, S S S tep ladder STL S Basic / Application instruction - Basic instruct ions and API instructions. Please refer to chapter 3 Inst ruction Set Inverse log ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 15

    1. PLC Concepts 1-7 Execution order of the sample program: 1 LD X0 2 OR M0 3 AND X1 4 LD X3 AND M1 ORB 5 LD Y1 AND X4 6 LD T0 AND M3 ORB 7 ANB 8 OUT Y1 TMR T0 K10 1.5.2 LD / LDI (Load NO cont act / Load NC cont act) LD or LDI st a rts a row or block AND block OR block LD instructi on LD instructi on 1.5.3 LDP / LDF (Load Rising edge tr igger/ Load ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 16

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 1-8 1.5.6 OR / ORI (Connect NO cont act in p a rallel / Connect NC conta ct in parallel) OR (ORI) instruction co nne cts a NO (NC) in pa rallel with another device or blo c k. OR i nstructi on OR i nstructi on OR i nstruct ion 1.5.7 ORP / ORF (Conn ect Rising edge in pa rallel/ Connect Fal ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 17

    1. PLC Concepts 1-9 Branch instruction Branch Symbol Description MPS ┬ S tart of branches. S tores current result of program evaluation. Max. 8 MPS-MPP pairs can be applied MRD ├ Reads the stored curre nt result from previous MPS MPP └ End of branches. Pops (reads the n resets) the stored result in previous MPS Note: When compiling ladder di ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 18

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 1-10 e S0 S21 S22 M1002 initial pul se M1002 SET S0 SET S21 S S0 SET S22 S S21 S S22 S0 RE T 1.5.12 RET (Return) RET inst ru ction has to be placed at the end of seque ntial control process to indicate the com pletion of STL flow . e S S20 RE T e S S20 RE T Note: Always connect RET instruc ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 19

    1. PLC Concepts 1-1 1 1.6 Conversion between Ladder Diag ram and Instruction List Mode Ladder Diagram X0 X2 X1 X1 M1 C0 Y0 SET S0 M2 Y0 M0 X10 Y 10 SET S10 S0 S X1 1 Y 11 SET S1 1 S10 S SET S12 SET S13 X12 Y 12 SET S20 S1 1 S X13 S0 RET S20 S S12 S S13 S X0 CNT C0 K1 0 X1 M0 C0 X1 M2 RS T C0 M1 M2 END Instruction L D X 0 O R X 1 L D X 2 O R M 0 O R ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 20

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 1-12 1.7 Fuzzy Synt ax Generally , the ladder diagram programm ing is cond ucted according to the “up to down and left to right” principle. However , some programming meth ods not following this principle still perform the same control result s. Here are some examples explaining this k ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 21

    1. PLC Concepts 1-13 OR operation upward is n ot allowed. Rever s e c ur rent “Reverse current” exist s. Output should be conne ct ed on top of the circuit.. Block combination sh ould be made on top of the circuit.. Parallel connection with empty device is not allowed.. Parallel connection with empty device is not allowed. No device in the midd ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 22

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 1-14 “Reverse current” exist s 1.8 Correcting Ladder Diagram Example 1: Connect the block to the front for omitting ANB instruction because simplified program improves processing speed Instruction Li st LD X0 LD X1 OR X2 X0 X1 X2 ANB Ø Instruction Li st LD X1 OR X2 X0 X1 X2 AND X0 Exa ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 23

    1. PLC Concepts 1-15 Example 3: “Reverse current” existed in diagram (a) is not allowed for PLC pro ce ssing principle. Instruction Li st LD X0 OR X1 AND X2 LD X3 AND X4 X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 (a) ORB Ø Instruction Li st LD X3 AND X4 LD X1 OR X0 AND X2 X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 (b) ORB Example 4: For multiple outputs, conne ct the output without additional input ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 24

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 1-16 Example 5: Correct the circuit of reverse current. The point ed reverse current loops are modified on the ri ght. X0 X3 X6 X1 X4 X7 X2 X5 X10 LOOP1 r e ve rs e cur r e n t Ö X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X10 X6 X7 X5 X10 LOOP1 Example 6: Correct the circuit of reverse current. The point ed rever ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 25

    1. PLC Concepts 1-17 Example 2 - St art First latched circuit When X1 (ST ART) = ON and X2 (STOP) = OFF , Y1 will be ON and latched. If X2 is turned ON, Y1 re mains ON. This is a S tart First circuit because ST ART button has the control prio rity than STOP X2 Y1 X1 Y1 Example 3 - Latched circuit of SET and RST X2 Y1 X1 SET Y1 RS T Sto p first The ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 26

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 1-18 Example 6- Interlock control X3 Y1 X1 Y1 X4 Y2 X2 Y2 Y1 Y2 X1 X3 X2 X4 Y1 Y2 NC contact Y1 is connecte d to Y2 output circuit and NC contact Y2 is connecte d Y1 output circuit. If Y1 is ON, Y2 will definitely be OFF and vice vers a. This forms an Interlock circuit which prevents both ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 27

    1. PLC Concepts 1-19 Example 9 – Oscillating Circuit with Ti mer An oscillating circuit with cycle nT+ Δ T T0 X0 TMR Y1 Y1 T0 Kn Y1 TT n X0 When X0 = ON, T0 sta rts timing (nT). Once the set time is reached, cont act T0 = ON to enable Y1( Δ T). In next scan, T imer T0 is reset due to the re versed status of cont act Y1. Therefore contact T0 is ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 28

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 1-20 Example 13 - Output delay circuit The output delay circuit is composed of two timers executing delay actions. No matter input X0 is ON or OFF , output Y4 will be delayed. T5 T5 TMR Y4 T6 X0 K50 Y4 T6 Y4 TMR X0 K30 3 s e c s 5 secs T5 T6 T Example 14 - Ti ming exte nsion circuit . T12 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 29

    1. PLC Concepts 1-21 Example 16 - T raffic light control (Step Ladder Lo gic) T raffic light control Red light Y ellow light Green light Green light blinking V ertical light Y0 Y1 Y2 Y2 Horizont al light Y20 Y21 Y22 Y22 Light T ime 35 Sec 5 Sec 25 Sec 5 Sec Ve r t i c a l Light Horiz ontal Lig ht Timing Diagram: 5 S e c Y0 Y1 Y2 Y20 Y21 Y22 Ver ti ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 30

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 1-22 Ladder Diagram: M100 2 ZRST S0 S127 SET S0 SET S20 Y2 END S0 S S21 S Y1 S23 S Y22 S30 S T13 S23 S S33 S SET S30 S20 S TMR T0 SET S21 T0 Y0 K350 TMR T1 SET S22 T1 K250 Y2 S22 S TMR T2 SET S23 T2 K50 M101 3 TMR T1 0 SET S31 T10 K250 Y22 S31 S TMR T1 1 SET S32 T1 1 K50 M101 3 Y21 S32 S T ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 31

    1. PLC Concepts 1-23 WPLSof t pr ogramming (SFC mode) SFC logic Internal Ladder Logic LAD-0 S0 ZRST S127 M100 2 S0 SET T ransfer condition 1 TRANS* T0 S22 Y2 T2 TMR K50 M101 3 T ransfer condition 4 TRANS* T13 TRANS* T13 TRANS* T13 TRANS* T13 TRANS* T13 TRANS* T13 TRANS* T13 0 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 LAD-0 S0 S20 S21 S22 S23 S30 S31 S32 S33 S0 T ransfer condi ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 32

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 1-24 MEMO ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 33

    Programming Concepts DVP-ES2/EX2/SS/SA2/SX2/SE is a programmable logic controller sp anning an I/O range of 10–256 I/O point s (SS2/SA2/SX2/SE: 512 point s). PLC can control a wide variety of devices to solve your automation need s. PLC monitors input s and modifies output s as controlled by the user program. User program provides feature s such ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 34

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 2.1 ES2/EX2 Memory Map Specifica tions Control Method S tored progra m, cyclic scan sy stem I/O Processing Method Batch processing method (when END instruction is executed) Execution S peed LD instructions – 0.54 μ s, MOV inst ru ctions – 3.4 μ s Program language Instruction List + L ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 35

    2. Programming Con cepts Specifica tions C235~C242, 1 phase 1 input, 8 points, (*2) Soft- ware C232~C234, 2 phase 2 input, 3 points, (*2) C243~C244, 1 phase 1 input, 2 points, (*2) C245~C250, 1 phase 2 input, 6 points, (*2) 32bit high- speed count up/down Hard- ware C251~C254 2 phase 2 inp ut, 4 points, (*2) To t a l 23 points Initial step point S0 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 36

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming Specifica tions I602~I699, I702~I799, 2 point s (T imer resolution = 1ms) T imer interrupt High-speed I010, I020, I030, I040, I050, I060, I070, I080,8 points counter interrupt Communication I140(COM1), I150(COM2), I160(COM3), 3 points, (*3) interrupt K-32,768 ~ K32,767 (16-bit operation ), ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 37

    2. Programming Con cepts 2.2 SS2 Memory Map Specifica tions Control Method S tored progra m, cyclic scan sy stem Batch processing method (when END instruction is executed) I/O Processing Method Execution S peed LD instructions – 0.54 μ s, MOV inst ru ctions – 3.4 μ s Program language Instruction List + Ladder + SFC Program Capacity 7920 steps ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 38

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming Specifica tions C235~C242, 1 phase 1 input, 8 points, (*2) Soft- ware C233~C234, 2 phase 2 input, 2 points, (*2) C243~C244, 1 phase 1 input, 2 points, (*2) C245~C250, 1 phase 2 input, 6 points, (*2) 32bit high- speed count up/down To t a l 22 points Hard- ware C251~C254 2 phase 2 inp ut, 4 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 39

    2. Programming Con cepts Specifica tions High-speed I010, I020, I030, I040, I 050, I060, I070, I080, 8 points counter interrupt Communication I140(COM1), I150(COM2 ), 2 points, (*3) interrupt K-32,768 ~ K32,767 (16-bit operation ), K Decimal K-2,147,483,648 ~ K2,147, 483,647 (32 -bit operation) Constant H0000 ~ HFFFF (16-bit op eration), H Hexadeci ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 40

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 2.3 SA2 Memory Map Specifica tions Control Method S tored progra m, cyclic scan sy stem Batch processing method (when END instruction is executed) I/O Processing Method Execution S peed LD instructions – 0.54 μ s, MOV inst ru ctions – 3.4 μ s Program language Instruction List + Ladde ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 41

    2. Programming Con cepts Specifica tions C233~C234, 2 phase 2 input, 2 points, (*2) C243~C244, 1 phase 1 input, 2 points, (*2) C245~C250, 1 phase 2 input, 6 points, (*2) speed count up/down Hard- ware C251~C254 2 phase 2 inp ut, 4 points, (*2) Initial step point S0~S9, 10 points, (*2) Zero point return S10~S19, 10 point s (u se with IST instruction ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 42

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming Specifica tions High-speed I010, I020, I030, I040, I 050, I060, I070, I080, 8 points counter interrupt Communication I140(COM1), I150(COM2), I160(COM3), 3 points, (*3) interrupt K-32,768 ~ K32,767 (16-bit operation ), K Decimal K-2,147,483,648 ~ K2,147, 483,647 (32 -bit operation) Constant ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 43

    2. Programming Con cepts 2.4 SX2 Memory Map Specifica tions Control Method S tored progra m, cyclic scan sy stem Batch processing method (when END instruction is executed) I/O Processing Method Execution S peed LD instructions – 0.54 μ s, MOV inst ru ctions – 3.4 μ s Program language Instruction List + Ladder + SFC Program Capacity 15872 step ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 44

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming Specifica tions C232~C234, 2 phase 2 input, 2 points, (*2) C243~C244, 1 phase 1 input, 2 points, (*2) C245~C250, 1 phase 2 input, 6 points, (*2) speed count up/down Hard- ware C251~C254 2 phase 2 inp ut, 4 points, (*2) Initial step point S0~S9, 10 points, (*2) Zero point return S10~S19, 10 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 45

    2. Programming Con cepts Specifica tions High-speed I010, I020, I030, I040, I 050, I060, I070, I080, 8 points counter interrupt Communication I140(COM1), I150(COM2 ), 2 points, (*3) interrupt K-32,768 ~ K32,767 (16-bit operation ), K Decimal K-2,147,483,648 ~ K2,147, 483,647 (32 -bit operation) Constant H0000 ~ HFFFF (16-bit op eration), H Hexadeci ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 46

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 2.5 S tatus and Allocation of Latched Memory Memory type Power OFF=>ON STOP=>RUN Clear all Clear all RUN=>ST OP non-latched Factory latched area area setting (M1032=ON) (M1031=ON) When M1033=OFF , clear Non- Clear Uncha nged Clear Unchanged 0 latched When M10 33=ON, No change Latc ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 47

    2. Programming Con cepts 2.6 PLC Bit s, Nibbles, Bytes, Words, etc For different control pu rpo ses, there are five types of values inside DVP-PLC for executin g the operations. Numeric Description Bit Bit is the basic unit of a binary number system. Range is 0 or 1 Consists of 4 con secutive bits, e.g. b3~b0. Range 0 ~ 9 in De cimal or 0~F in Hex ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 48

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming z Consta nt K: Decimal value in PLC operation is att ached with an “K”, e.g. K100 indicates the value 100 in Decimal format. Exception: When const ant K is used with bit devices X, Y , M, S, the value specifed after K indicates the groups of 4-bit unit, whi ch form s a digit( 4-bit), b ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 49

    2. Programming Con cepts Binary Oct a l Decimal (K) BCD Hexadecimal (H) (BIN) (OCT) (DEC) (Binary Code Decimal) (HEX) Costant K, No. of registers M, S, T , C, D, E, F , P , I devices For PLC internal operation For DIP Switch and 7- segment display No. of X, Y relay Consta nt H 1 101 15 13 001 1 D 1 1 10 16 14 0100 E 1 1 1 1 17 15 0101 F 10000 20 16 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 50

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 2-18 Special M Function ES2 EX2 SS2 SA 2 SX2 OFF Ø ON STOP Ø RUN RUN Ø STOP A ttrib. Latch -ed Default M1020 Zero flag ○ ○ ○ ○ OFF - - R NO OFF M1021 Borrow flag ○ ○ ○ ○ OFF - - R NO OFF M1022 Carry flag ○ ○ ○ ○ OFF - - R NO OFF M1024 COM1 monitor request ○ ○ ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 51

    2. Programming Con cepts 2-19 Special M Function ES2 EX2 SS2 SA 2 SX2 OFF Ø ON STOP Ø RUN RUN Ø STOP Attrib. Latch -ed Default M1052 Disable interruption I200 / I201 ○ ○ ○ ○ OFF - - R/W NO OFF M1053 Disable interruption I300 / I301 ○ ○ ○ ○ OFF - - R/W NO OFF M1054 Disable interruption I400 / I401 ○ ○ ○ ○ OFF - - R/W NO OF ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 52

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 2-20 Special M Function ES2 EX2 SS2 SA 2 SX2 OFF Ø ON STOP Ø RUN RUN Ø STOP A ttrib. Latch -ed Default M1086 Enabling password function for DVP- PCC01 ○ ○ ○ ○ OFF - - R/W NO OFF M1088 Matrix comparison. Comparing between equivalent values (M1088 = ON) or different values (M1088 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 53

    2. Programming Con cepts 2-21 Special M Function ES2 EX2 SS2 SA 2 SX2 OFF Ø ON STOP Ø RUN RUN Ø STOP Attrib. Latch -ed Default M1 109 Y1 pulse output pause (ramp down) ○ ○ ○ ○ OFF OFF - R/W NO OFF M1 1 10 Y2/CH1 (Y2, Y3) pulse output pause (ramp down) ○ ○ ○ ○ OFF OFF - R/W NO OFF M1 1 1 1 Y3 pulse output pause (ramp do wn) ○ ? ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 54

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 2-22 Special M Function ES2 EX2 SS2 SA 2 SX2 OFF Ø ON STOP Ø RUN RUN Ø STOP A ttrib. Latch -ed Default M1 141 For COM2 (RS-485), MODRD / M ODWR / MODRW parameter error ○ ○ ○ ○ OFF OFF - R NO OFF M1 142 Data receiving error of VFD-A han dy instructions ○ ○ ○ ○ OFF OFF - R ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 55

    2. Programming Con cepts 2-23 Special M Function ES2 EX2 SS2 SA 2 SX2 OFF Ø ON STOP Ø RUN RUN Ø STOP Attrib. Latch -ed Default M1203 C203 counting mode (ON: count down) ○ ○ ○ ○ OF F - - R/W NO OFF M1204 C204 counting mode (ON: count down) ○ ○ ○ ○ OF F - - R/W NO OFF M1205 C205 counting mode (ON :count down) ○ ○ ○ ○ OF F - ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 56

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 2-24 Special M Function ES2 EX2 SS2 SA 2 SX2 OFF Ø ON STOP Ø RUN RUN Ø STOP A ttrib. Latch -ed Default M1233 C233 counter monitor (ON: count do wn) ○ ○ ○ ○ OFF - - R NO OFF M1234 C234 counter monitor (ON: count do wn) ○ ○ ○ ○ OFF - - R NO OFF M1235 C235 counting mode (ON ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 57

    2. Programming Con cepts 2-25 Special M Function ES2 EX2 SS2 SA 2 SX2 OFF Ø ON STOP Ø RUN RUN Ø STOP Attrib. Latch -ed Default M1274 C239 counting mode (ON: falling-edge count) ○ ○ ○ ○ OFF - - R/W NO OFF M1275 C240 counting mode (ON: falling-edge count) ○ ○ ○ ○ OFF - - R/W NO OFF M1276 C241 counting mode (ON: falling-edge count) ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 58

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 2-26 Special M Function ES2 EX2 SS2 SA 2 SX2 OFF Ø ON STOP Ø RUN RUN Ø STOP A ttrib. Latch -ed Default M1346* Output clear signals when ZRN is completed ○ ○ ○ ○ OFF - - R/W NO OFF M1347 Auto-reset Y0 when high speed pulse output is completed ○ ○ ○ ○ OFF - - R/W NO OFF M1 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 59

    2. Programming Con cepts 2-27 Special M Function ES2 EX2 SS2 SA 2 SX2 OFF Ø ON STOP Ø RUN RUN Ø STOP Attrib. Latch -ed Default M1378* Indicate Slave ID#3 data interchange status on PLC LINK ○ ○ ○ ○ OFF - - R NO OFF M1379* Indicate Slave ID#4 data interchange status on PLC LINK ○ ○ ○ ○ OFF - - R NO OFF M1380* Indicate Slave ID#5 d ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 60

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 2-28 Special M Function ES2 EX2 SS2 SA 2 SX2 OFF Ø ON STOP Ø RUN RUN Ø STOP A ttrib. Latch -ed Default M1406* Slave ID#15 linking error ○ ○ ○ ○ OF F - - R NO OFF M1407* Slave ID#16 linking error ○ ○ ○ ○ OF F - - R NO OFF M1408* Indicate that reading from Slave ID#1 is co ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 61

    2. Programming Con cepts Special M Function ES2 EX2 SS2 SA 2 SX2 OFF Ø ON STOP Ø RUN RUN Ø STOP Attrib. Latch Defaul t -ed Indicate that writing to Slave ID#14 is completed M1437* OFF - - R NO OFF ○ ○ ○ ○ Indicate that writing to Slave ID#15 is completed M1438* OFF - - R NO OFF ○ ○ ○ ○ Indicate that writing to Slave ID#16 is comp ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 62

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 2.9 S Relay S tarting instruction in Sequential Function Chart (SFC). S0~S9, total 10 point s. Initial step relay Returns to zero point when using IST instruction in program. Zero return step relays not used for IST instruction can be used as general step relays. S10~S19, total 10 ponit s. ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 63

    2. Programming Con cepts Accumulative Timer The timer executes o nce when the program reac he s END instruction. When TMR instruction is executed, the timer coil will be ON when the current value reaches it s preset value. For accumulative timers, current value will not be cleared when timing is interrupted. T imer T250 will be driven when X0 = ON. ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 64

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 16 bit s 32 bit s coun ters counters Ouptut Coil will be ON when counter reaches preset value. Output coil is ON when counter reache s or is above preset value. Output coil is ON when counter reaches or is above preset value Output contact function Output coil is OFF when counter is below ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 65

    2. Programming Con cepts M relays M1200~M1254 are used to set the up/down counting direction for C200~C25 4 respectively . Setting the corresponding M relay ON will set the counter to co unt down. Example: LD X10 C200 Y0 X12 C2 00 K- 5 DCNT X1 1 C2 00 RS T X10 M1 200 OUT M1200 LD X1 1 RST C200 LD X12 CNT C200 K-5 LD C200 OUT Y0 a) X10 drives M1200 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 66

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 2.12 High-speed Counters There are two types of high s peed counters p rovided including Sof tware High S peed Counter (SHSC) and Hardware High S peed Counter (HHSC). The same Input point (X) can be designated with only one high speed counter . Double designati on on the same input or the ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 67

    2. Programming Con cepts Applicable Hardware High Speed Counters: 1-phase input 1-phase 2-input 2-phase 2-input C X C243 C244 C245 C246 C247 C248 C249 C250 C251 C252 C253 C254 X0 U U/D U/D U U A A X1 R Dir Dir D D B B X2 U U/D U/D A A X3 R Dir Dir B B X4 R R R X 5 R R U: Count up A: Phase A input Dir: Directoin signal input D: Count down B: Phase B ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 68

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 7. C243 and C2 44 support count-up mode only a nd occupy the associate input point s X1 and X3 as reset (“R”) function. If users do not need to apply reset fun ction, set ON the associated special M relays (M1243 and M1244) to disabl e the reset function. 8. “Dir” refers to directi ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 69

    2. Programming Con cepts 1. X21 drives M1235 to determine counting direction (Up/Do wn) of C235. 2. When X20 = ON, RST inst sructi on executes and the current val ue in C235 will be cleared. Contact C235 will be OFF 3. When X22 = ON, C235 receives si gnal s from X0 and counter will count up (+1) or count down (-1). 4. When counter C235 reaches K5, ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 70

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming X21 0 1 2 3 4 5 X20 6 7 6 5 4 3 X1 count up X0 count down C247 pres ent value Y0 , C2 47 c o nt act AB-phase input high-speed counter : Example: LD M1002 C251 Y0 X21 C2 51 K5 DC NT C25 1 RS T X20 M100 2 K2 D1022 MOV MOV K2 D1022 LD X20 RST C251 LD X21 DCNT C251 K5 LD C251 OUT Y0 1. When X2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 71

    2. Programming Con cepts 0 1 2 3 4 5 X21 X20 6 3 0 1 2 3 4 5 A-phas e X0 B-phase X 1 C251 pr esen t value Y0, C251 contact Co u nt i ng up C o u nt i ng do w n 2.13 Special Dat a Register The types and functions of special regi sters (speci al D) are listed in the table below . Care should be taken that some regi sters of the same No. may bear dif ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 72

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 2-40 Special D Content ES2 EX2 SS 2 SA 2 SX 2 OFF Ø ON STOP Ø RUN RUN Ø STOP A ttrib. Latch -ed Default D1023* Register for S tori ng detected pulse width (unit: 0.1ms) ○ ○ ○ ○ 0 - - R/W NO 0 D1025* Code for communication request error ○ ○ ○ ○ 0 - - R NO 0 D1026* Pulse n ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 73

    2. Programming Con cepts 2-41 Special D Content ES2 EX2 SS 2 SA 2 SX 2 OFF Ø ON STOP Ø RUN RUN Ø STOP Attrib. Latc h -ed Default D1070 ↓ D1085 Feedback data (ASCII) of Modbus communication. When PLC’s RS-485 communication instruction receives feedback signals, the data will be saved in the registers D1070~D1085. Usres can check the received ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 74

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 2-42 Special D Content ES2 EX2 SS 2 SA 2 SX 2 OFF Ø ON STOP Ø RUN RUN Ø STOP A ttrib. Latch -ed Default D1 124 COM2(RS-485) Definition of start character (STX) ○ ○ ○ ○ H’3A - - R/W NO H’3A D1 125 COM2(RS-485) Definition of first ending character (ETX1) ○ ○ ○ ○ H’0D ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 75

    2. Programming Con cepts 2-43 Special D Content ES2 EX2 SS 2 SA 2 SX 2 OFF Ø ON STOP Ø RUN RUN Ø STOP Attrib. Latc h -ed Default D1 187 Index register F3 ○ ○ ○ ○ 0 - - R/W NO 0 D1 188 Index register E4 ○ ○ ○ ○ 0 - - R/W NO 0 D1 189 Index register F4 ○ ○ ○ ○ 0 - - R/W NO 0 D1 190 Index register E5 ○ ○ ○ ○ 0 - - R/W ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 76

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 2-44 Special D Content ES2 EX2 SS 2 SA 2 SX 2 OFF Ø ON STOP Ø RUN RUN Ø STOP A ttrib. Latch -ed Default D1253 COM3 (RS-485) communication error code (onl y applicable for MODRW/RS instruction) ○ ╳ ○ ╳ 0 - - R/W NO 0 D1255* COM3 (RS-485) PLC communication address ○ ╳ ○ ○ ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 77

    2. Programming Con cepts 2-45 Special D Content ES2 EX2 SS 2 SA 2 SX 2 OFF Ø ON STOP Ø RUN RUN Ø STOP Attrib. Latc h -ed Default D1352 S tart/end frequency of the 2 nd group pulse output CH1 (Y2, Y3) ○ ○ ○ ○ 100 - - R/W NO 100 D1353 Ramp up/down time of the 2 nd group pulse output CH1 (Y2, Y3) ○ ○ ○ ○ 100 - - R/W NO 100 D1354 PLC ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 78

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 2-46 Special D Content ES2 EX2 SS 2 SA 2 SX 2 OFF Ø ON STOP Ø RUN RUN Ø STOP A ttrib. Latch -ed Default D1393 ID of the 8 th rleft side module ╳ ╳ ○ ○ 0 - - R NO 0 D1399* S tarting ID of Slave designated by PLC LINK ○ ○ ○ ○ - - - R/W YES 1 D1415* S tarting reference for ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 79

    2. Programming Con cepts 2-47 Special D Content ES2 EX2 SS 2 SA 2 SX 2 OFF Ø ON STOP Ø RUN RUN Ø STOP Attrib. Latc h -ed Default D1442* Data length to be read on Slave ID#9 ○ ○ ○ ○ - - - R/W YES 16 D1443* Data length to be read on Slave ID#10 ○ ○ ○ ○ - - - R/W YES 16 D1444* Data length to be read on Slave ID#1 1 ○ ○ ○ ○ - ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 80

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming Special D Content ES2 EX2 SS 2 SA 2 SX 2 OFF Ø ON STOP Ø RUN RUN Ø STOP A ttrib. Latch Default -ed ↓ PLC LINK D1543* D1544* The data which is read from slave ID#3 in the PLC LINK R NO 0 ↓ ○ ○ ○ ○ 0 - - D1559* D1560* The data which is w ritten into slave ID#3 in the PLC LINK ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 81

    2. Programming Con cepts Special D Content ES2 EX2 SS 2 SA 2 SX 2 OFF Ø ON STOP Ø RUN RUN Ø STOP Attrib. Latc h Default -ed ↓ PLC LINK D1767* D1768* The data which is read from slave ID#10 in the PLC LINK R NO 0 ↓ ○ ○ ○ ○ 0 - - D1783* D1784* The data which is w ritten into slave ID#10 in the PLC LINK ↓ D1799* ○ ○ ○ ○ 0 - - ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 82

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming Special D Content ES2 EX2 SS 2 SA 2 SX 2 OFF Ø ON STOP Ø RUN RUN Ø STOP A ttrib. Latch Default -ed D1960* The data which is read from slave ID#16 in the PLC LINK R NO 0 ↓ ○ ○ ○ ○ 0 - - D1975* D1976* The data which is w ritten into slave ID#16 in the PLC LINK ↓ D1991* ○ ○ ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 83

    2. Programming Con cepts 2.14 E, F Index Registers Index registers are used as modifiers to i ndicate a specified device (word, double word) by defining an offset. Devices can be modified includes byte device (KnX, KnY , KnM, KnS, T , C, D) and bit device (X, Y , M, S). E, F registers cannot be used fo r modifying const ant (K, H) Index registers n ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 84

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming I000/I001(X0), I100/I101(X1), I200/I201(X2), I300/I301(X3), I400/I401(X4), I500/I501(X5), I600/I601(X6), I700/I701(X7), 8 points (01, rising-edge trigge r External interrupt , 00, falling-edge trigger ) T imer interrupt I602/I699, I702/I799, 2 points (T imer resolution=1ms) High-speed coun ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 85

    2. Programming Con cepts Y0 X1 P2 CALL X0 Y1 P** 20 P2 FEN D Y1 SRET 24 (subr outine P 2) subr out i ne Ca ll su br ou t ine P ** subrout ine ret urn Interrupt pointer I: used with ap plication instruction API 04 EI, API 05 DI, API 03 IRET . There are four types of interruption point ers. T o insert an interruption, user s need to combine EI (enabl ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 86

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming communication. Set up th e specific end word in D1 167 and write the interruption su broutine I140. When PLC receives the end word, the program will execute I140. I150: Communication instru ction RS (COM2 RS-485) can be designated to send interrupt request when specific charcters are recei ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 87

    2. Programming Con cepts 2.16 Applications of Special M Relays and D Registers PLC Operation Flag Function Group M1000~M1003 Number Content s: These relays provide information of PLC operation i n RUN status. M1000: NO contact for monitori ng PLC status. M1000 remai ns “ON” when PLC is running. M1 000 Y0 PLC is running Keeps be ing ON Normal l ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 88

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 2. The default in the mo nitor timer is 200ms. If the program is long or the operation is too complicated, MOV instruction can b e used to modify SV. See the example below for SV = 300ms. M1002 0 MOV K300 D10 0 0 Init ial pul se 3. Th e maximum SV in the monitor timer is 32,767ms. Howeve r ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 89

    2. Programming Con cepts 2. D1008 saves the STEP address where t he timeout occurred Scan T ime Monitor Function Group D1010~D1012 Number Content s: The present value, minimum value and maximum val ue of scan time are stored in D1010 ~ D1012. D1010: current scan time D101 1: minimum scan time D1012: maximum scan time Internal Clock Pulse Function G ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 90

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming X10 M1 015 M1016~M1017, D13 13 ~D1319 Function Group Real T im e Clock Number Content s: 1. Special M and special D relevant to RTC Device Name Function OFF: display the last 2 digits of year in A.D M1016 Y ear Display ON: display the last 2 digits of year in A.D. plus 2,000 When triggered ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 91

    2. Programming Con cepts Adjustment on Input T erminal Response T ime Function Group D1020 Number Content s: 1. D1020 can be used for setting up the resp onse time of receiving pulses at X0 ~X7 for ES 2 series MPU. Default: 10ms, 0~2 0m s adjustable. 2. When the power of PLC goes from “OFF” to “O N”, the content of D1020 is set to 10 automa ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 92

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming Communication Erro r Cod e Function Group M1025, D1025 Number Content s: In the connection between PLC and PC/HMI, M1025 will be ON when PLC receives illegal communication req ue st during the data transmi ssion process. The error code will be stored in D1025. 01: illegal instruction code ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 93

    2. Programming Con cepts DABSR: 1. M1029= ON when instruction is completed. 2. When the instruction is re-executed for the next time, M1029 will turn off first then ON again when the instruction is completed ZRN, DRVI, DR V A: 1. M1029 will be “ON” after Y0 and Y1 pulse output is completed. M1102 will be “ON” after Y2 and Y3 pulse output is ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 94

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming RUN/STOP Switch Function Group M1035 Number Content s: When M1035 = ON, PLC uses input point X7 as the switch of RUN/STOP. COM Port Function Function Group Port COM1 COM2 COM3 Item Communication format D1036 D1 120 D1 109 Number Communication setting h ol ding M1 138 M1 120 M1 136 ASCII/RT ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 95

    2. Programming Con cepts Content 0100(H4): 600 0101(H5): 1200 01 10(H6): 2400 01 1 1(H7): 4800 1000(H8): 9600 1001(H9): 19200 1010(HA): 38400 101 1(HB): 57600 1 100(HC): 1 15200 11 0 1 ( H D ) : 500000 (COM2 / COM3) 1 1 10(HE): 31250 (COM2 / COM3) b7 921000 (COM2 / COM3) 1111 ( H F ) : b8 Select st art bit 0: None 1: D1 124 b9 Select the 1 st end b ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 96

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming Example 3: Modifying COM3 communication for m at 1. Add the below instructions on top of the program t o modify the communication format of COM3. When PLC switch es from STOP to RUN, the program will detect whether M1136 is ON in the first scan. If M1136 is ON, the prog ram will modify the ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 97

    2. Programming Con cepts Note: 1. The modified communication format will not be changed when PLC state turns from RUN to STOP. 2. If the PLC is powered OFF then ON again in STOP status, the modified communi cation format on COM1~COM3 will be reset to default comm unication format (9600, 7, E, 1). Enable SPD function Function Group M1037, D1037 Numb ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 98

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 2. By using PLC-Link, D1038 can be set to send next communication data with delay. Unit: 1 scan cycle. 0~10,000 adj u stable Fixed scan time Function Group M1039, D1039 Number Content s: 1. When M1039 is ON, program scan time is det ermined by D1039. When pro gra m execution i s completed, ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 99

    2. Programming Con cepts 5. The analog output signals and ondi t heir corresp ng digital values: Model 20EX2/SX2 30EX2 Mode Voltage -10 V~+10 V -2000~+2000 -32000~+32000 +0 mA 0 ~+4000 +0~+32000 ~+20 mA + Current +4 mA 0~+40 00 ~+20 mA + 00 +0~+320 6. The descriptions of the special da ta registers for the analog functi ons: Device Function Average ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 100

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming Analog input mode Upper limit value Lower limit value -20 mA~+20 mA +32384 -32384 Current +4 mA~+20 mA -384 +32384 PT100/PT1000 +8100 -1900 T emperature NI100/NI1000 +1800 0 -90 Device Function number 20EX2/SX2 an bit0~bit5: Sele alog input/o ult= ction betwee nt mode ( nt; Defa bit0~ inpu ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 101

    2. Programming Con cepts Function Group En d output DDRVI in Numb Content s: When M1119 is ON, 2-speed output function of DD ill be enabled Example: Assume tha and D2(D3) is the second speed. D10(D11) is the output o peed and D12(D1 3) is the output pulse number of t speed able 2-spee function of struction er M 1 1 19 RVI w . t D0 (D1) is the first ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 102

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming Vbase T1 T2+T3 P(1) V(1) P(2) V(2) Initial frequency Ramp-up time Ramp- down time Position of the first speed The first speed Positio the se spe n of cond ed The second speed Function Group Program Execution Error Number M1067~M1068, D1067~D1068 Content s: Device Explanation Latched STOP ? ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 103

    2. Programming Con cepts D1 140: Number of r , TC , etc.), max. 8 modules can be connected. mber of i er of output points (Y) on DIO module s. D1 145: Number of left-side m PT , TC , etc.), d n (On able Function Group lse Dir Number 280, M1284, M1286 ed with EI instruction and sho uld be inserted before EI instruction 2 g of interrupt I101 (X0) is ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 104

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming a terrupt) correspondingly work together with C243, 41 and D1240. terrupt) correspondingly work together with C246, count value to D1241 and D124 0 terrupt) correspondingly work together with C244, o D1243 and D1242. terrupt) correspondingly work together with C250, t value to D1243 and D1 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 105

    2. Programming Con cepts Function Group ID of right side modules on ES2/EX2 Number D1320~ D1327 Content s: When right side modules are co nne cted on ES2/EX2, the ID of each I/O module will be stored in o special m D1320~D1327 in c nnection order . ID of each odule: Name ID (HEX) Name ID (HEX) DVP04AD-E2 H’0080 DVP06XA-E2 H’00C4 DVP02DA-E2 H’ ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 106

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming MASTER PLC SLA VE SLA VE ID E ID 4 SLA V 6 SLA VE I VE ID 8 ID 1 SLA VE ID 2 3 SLA V E ID 5 SLA VE ID D 7 SLA Read out W Read out Wri in Write in Read out rit e Read out W Writ e in rit e in Read out Wr ite in te Read out Wr ite in Read out W in r ite in Read out S pecial D registers for s ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 107

    2. Programming Con cepts D1442 D1458 D1443 464 D1449 D1465 D1459 D1444 D1460 D1445 D1461 D1446 D1462 D1447 D1463 D1448 D1 S tarting ref f the Sl acces erence o ave to be sed* D1363 D1423 D1364 1429 D1370 D1430 D1424 D1365 D1425 D1366 D1426 D1367 D1427 D1368 D1428 D1369 D M1355 = ON, Slave st atus is u atus is a ser-defined. Set th e link s of Slave ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 108

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming M1376 M1377 M1378 M1379 M1380 M1381 M1382 M1383 Access a = error flag (ON = norm l; OFF error ) M1392 M13 3 3 3 93 M1394 M1395 M1 96 M1 97 M1 98 M1399 “Reading completed” flag (turns “Off” whenever access of a Slave is completed) M1408 M1409 M1410 M141 1 M1412 M1413 M1414 M1415 “ ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 109

    2. Programming Con cepts M1416 M1417 M1418 M14 0 M1421 M1422 M1423 19 M142 “Writing completed” flag h o m (turns “Off” w enever access f a Slave is co pleted) M1432 M1433 M1434 M1435 M1436 M1437 M1438 M1439 ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ Slave PLC* SLA VE ID 9 SLA VE ID 10 SLA VE ID 1 1 SLA VE ID 12 SLA VE ID 13 SLA VE ID 14 SLA VE ID 15 S ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 110

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming b) Set up Master PLC ID by D1121 and the star ting slave ID by D1399. Then, set slave ID of each slave PLC. The ID of master PLC and slave PLC cannot be the same. Set data length for acc c) essing. (If data length is not specified, PLC will take def ault setting or d) e) a polling of PLC L ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 111

    2. Programming Con cepts accessible and the use r can specify the starting register for storing the read/written data. f) to the g) Mast e 9. a) Auto desc 1350 or M1351 is OFF. accessing all Slaves. When PLC n baud rate is highe r than 1200 bps. When ba ud lid when data length to be accessed is se t to 0. . PLC will take the upper / lower bound val ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 112

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming Operation flow chart: 10. Set starti n g refer ence of th e S read: D1355~ D137 0 Set d a ta le ngth f or r ead in g f rom Sla ve PLC: D 1 434~D1 449 C wi ll take defa ul t or previ ous set tin g as the set v alue t star ti n g re fer en ce of th e Sla ve PLC to b e wri t ten : D145 0~D1 4 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 113

    2. Programming Con cepts M100 2 MOV K1 7 D1 121 H8 6 D1 12 0 K16 K16 M135 1 END SET M1 1 20 MOV MOV D143 4 D145 0 MOV M135 0 X1 K16 K16 MOV MOV D143 5 D145 1 Retain c ommunication prot ocol Data length to be read from Slave ID D ata len gth to be wr itten in to Sla ve Data length to be read from Slave ID D ata len gth to be wr itten in to Sla ve Au ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 114

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming Master PLC Preset value Slave PLC Preset value D1480 ~ D1495 K5,000 D100 ~ D1 15 of Slave ID#1 K5,000 D1496 ~ D151 1 K1,000 D200 ~ D215 of Slave ID#1 K1,000 D1512 ~ D1527 K6,000 D100 ~ D1 15 of Slave ID#2 K6,000 D1528 ~ D1543 K2,000 D200 ~ D215 of Slave ID#2 K2,000 d) and D200 12. ard Up t ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 115

    2. Programming Con cepts e) C FD c by c hanging the value in D1496, e.g. D H12=>VFD forward o peration; D14 96 = H1=> VFD stops ） f) can be specified by ch .g. D149 0, set 50kH g) AC m es, devi l such a TB 13. e with unit is 1ms and max. display value is K32000 . D1354 = K0 ommands of V an be specified 1496 = Frequency of VFD angi ng the va ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 116

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming MEMO 2-84 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 117

    3-1 Instruction Set This chapter explains all of the instructions that are used with DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/ SA2/SX2/SE as well as det ailed information concerning the usage of the instructions. Chapter Content s 3.1 Basic Instructions (wit hout API num bers) ............................................................................. 3-2 3.2 Explanation ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 118

    DVP-ES2/SA 2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE Op erati on Manual - Pr ogramming 3-2 3.1 Basic Instructions (without API numbers) Execution speed (us) Instruction Function Operand ES2/EX2/SS2 SA2/SX2 SE S teps LD Load NO contact X, Y , M, S, T , C 0.76 0.64 1~3 LDI Load NC cont act X, Y , M, S, T , C 0.78 0.68 1~3 AND Connect NO contact in series X, Y , M, S, T , C 0 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 119

    3. Instruction Set 3-3 execution time could be lo nger due to a more com plic ated program, e.g. prog ram cont ains multiple interruptions or high speed input/output. 3.2 Explanations to Basic Instructions Mnemonic Operands Function Program step s LD X, Y , M, S, T , C Load NO cont act 1~3 Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Explanations: The LD ins ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 120

    DVP-ES2/SA 2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE Op erati on Manual - Pr ogramming 3-4 Program example: Ladder diagram: X0 X1 Y1 Instruction: Operation: LDI X1 Load NC contact X1 AND X0 Connect NO contact X0 in series OUT Y1 Drive Y1 coil Mnemonic Operands Function Program step s ANI X, Y , M, S, T , C Connect NC cont act in series 1~3 Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 121

    3. Instruction Set 3-5 Explanations: The ORI instruction is used to connect NC cont act in parallel. Program example: Ladder diagram: X0 X1 Y1 Instruction: Operation: LD X0 Load NO contact X0 ORI X1 Connect NC contact X1 in parallel OUT Y1 Drive Y1 coil Mnemonic Function Program step s ANB Connect a block in se rie s 1 Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 S ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 122

    DVP-ES2/SA 2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE Op erati on Manual - Pr ogramming 3-6 Program example: Ladder diagram: X0 X2 Y1 X1 X3 ORB Bl ock A Bl ock B Instruction: Operation: LD X0 Load NO contact X0 ANI X1 Connect NC cont act X1 in series LDI X2 Load NC cont act X2 AND X3 Connect NO cont act X3 in series ORB Connect circuit blo ck in parallel OUT Y1 Drive Y1 coi ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 123

    3. Instruction Set 3-7 Program example: Ladder diagram: X0 Y1 X1 M0 X2 Y2 END MPP MRD MPS Instruction: Operation: LD X0 Load NO contact X0 MPS S tore current status AND X1 Connect NO cont act X1 in series OUT Y1 Drive Y1 coil MRD Read the stored status AND X2 Connect NO cont act X2 in series OUT M0 Drive M0 coil MPP Read the stored status and reset ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 124

    DVP-ES2/SA 2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE Op erati on Manual - Pr ogramming 3-8 Mnemonic Operands Function Program ste ps SET Y, M , S Latches the ON statu s 1~3 Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Explanations: When the SET instru ction i s driven, its designated de vice will be ON and latched whether the SET instruction is still driven. In this case, RST in str ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 125

    3. Instruction Set 3-9 between MC/MCR will operate as the following t able. Instruction type Explanation General purpose timer Present value = 0, Coil is OFF , No action on associated cont act Subroutine timer Present value = 0, Coil is OFF , No action on associated cont act Accumulative timer Coil is OFF , present value and contact st atus remain ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 126

    DVP-ES2/SA 2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE Op erati on Manual - Pr ogramming 3-10 Mnemonic Function Program step s END Program End 1 Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Explanations: END instruction nee ds to b e connected at the end of program. PLC will scan from address 0 to END instruction and return to addre ss 0 to scan again. Mnemonic Function Program steps ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 127

    3. Instruction Set 3-1 1 Timing Diagram: A scan cycle M0 Y0 M1 A scan cycle Mnemonic Function Program steps PN Positive contact to Negative contact 1 Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Explanation: When the conditions prec eding PN command change from true to false, PN command (works as contact A) will be ON for a scan cycle. In the next scan cycle ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 128

    DVP-ES2/SA 2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE Op erati on Manual - Pr ogramming 3-12 3.3 Pointers Mnemonic Operands Function Program ste ps P P0~P255 Pointer 1 Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Explanation: Pointer P i s used with API 00 CJ and API 01 CALL instructions. The use of P do es not need to st art from P0, and the No. of P cannot be rep eated; ot herwise, ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 129

    3. Instruction Set 3-13 : IRET Interruption return External interrupt: ES2 supports 8 external input interrupts: (I000/I001, X0), (I 100/I101, X1), (I200/I201, X2), (I300/I301, X3), (I400/I401, X4), (I500/I501, X5 ), (I600/I601, X6) and (I7 00/I701, X7). (01, rising-edge trigger , 00, falling-edge trigger ) Timer Interr upt s: ES2 supports 2 timer ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 130

    DVP-ES2/SA 2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE Op erati on Manual - Pr ogramming 3-14 3.5 Application Programming Instructions 1. PLC instructions are provided with a unique mne monic name to make it easy to remember instructions. In the example below the API number given to the instruction is 12, the mnemonic name is MOV and the functio n descri ption is Move. API M ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 131

    3. Instruction Set 3-15 Source: if there are more than one sour ce is requi re d, it will be indicated as S 1 , S 2. ...etc. Destination: if there are mo re than one destination is r equired, it will be indicated as D 1 , D 2. ...etc. If the operand can only be const ant K/H or a register , it will be represented as m , m 1 , m 2 , n , n 1 , n 2 ? ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 132

    DVP-ES2/SA 2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE Op erati on Manual - Pr ogramming 3-16 support s inde x E and F . A symbol “ * ” is given to device whi ch can be used for this operand S teps occupied by the 16-bi t/32-bit/pulse instru ction Applicable PLC models for 16-bit/32 -bit/p ulse execution instruction. Continuous execution v s. Pulse execution 1. There are ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 133

    3. Instruction Set 3-17 1. X, Y , M, and S are defined as bit devices which indicate ON/OFF st atus. 2. 16-bit (or 32-bit) devices T , C, D, and re gisters E, F are defined as word devices. 3. “Kn” can be placed before bit devices X, Y , M and S to make it a word device for performing word-device operations. (n = 1 refers to 4 bit s. Fo r 16-bi ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 134

    DVP-ES2/SA 2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE Op erati on Manual - Pr ogramming 3-18 X0 SET M0 M0 DSW X1 0 Y10 D0 K0 RST M0 M102 9 When X0 = ON, DSW will be enabled. When X0 = OFF , M0 is latched. M0 will be reset only when DSW instruction is completed to activate M1029. 2. Error Operation Flags Errors occur during the execution of the inst ruction whe n the combina ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 135

    3. Instruction Set 3-19 5. For counters C243, C245~C248, C251, C252 , the tot al max times for using DHSCS, DHS CR and DHSZ instructions: 4. DHSZ t akes up 2 times of the tot al available times. 6. For counter s C244, C249, C250, C253, C254 , the tot al max times for using DHSCS, DHSCR and DHSZ instructions: 4. DHSZ t akes up 2 times of the tot al ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 136

    DVP-ES2/SA 2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE Op erati on Manual - Pr ogramming 3-20 3. Transmit K1M0, K2M0, K3M0 to 16-bit regist ers. Only the valid bit data will be transmitted and the upper bits in the 16-bit registe r will all be filled with 0. The same rule applies whe n sending K1M0, K2M0, K3M0, K4M0, K5M0 , K6M0, K7M0 to 32-bit registers. 4. When the Kn valu ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 137

    3. Instruction Set 3-21 Binary Floating Point DVP-PLC represents floating point value in 32 bits, following the IEEE754 stan dard: S ex pone nt mant is sa 8- bi t 23- bi t b31 Sign bi t 0: positi v e 1: negati ve b0 Equation () 127 ; . 1 2 1 = × × − − B M B E S Therefore, the range of 32-bit floating point value is from ±2 -126 to ±2 +128 , ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 138

    DVP-ES2/SA 2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE Op erati on Manual - Pr ogramming 3-22  The decimal floating point is represented by 2 continuou s registers. T he register of smaller number is for the constant while the regi st er of bigger number is for the exponent. Example: Store a decimal floating poi nt in regi sters (D1, D0) Decimal floating point = [constant ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 139

    3. Instruction Set 3-23 MOV K20E0 D10F0 E 0 = 8 F 0 = 1 4 20 + 8 = 28 10 + 14 = 24 Tr a n s m i s s i o n K 2 8 D 2 4 The opposite diagram E, F index re gister modification refers to the content in the operand changes with th e contents in E and F . For example, E0 = 8 and K20E0 represents constant K28 (20 + 8). When the co ndition is true, const a ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 140

    DVP-ES2/SA 2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE Op erati on Manual - Pr ogramming 3-24 3.6 Numerical List of Instructions (c lassified according to the function) Loop Control Mnemonic Applicable to STEPS API 16 bi t s 32 bits PULSE Function ES2 EX2 SS2 SA 2 SE SX2 16-bit 32-bit 00 CJ -  Conditional jump  3 - 01 CALL -  Call subroutine  3 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 141

    3. Instruction Set 3-25 Mnemonic Applicable to STEPS API 16 bit s 32 bits PULSE Function ES2 EX2 SS2 SA 2 SE SX2 16-bi t 32-bit 23 DIV DDIV  Division     7 13 24 INC DINC  Increment     3 5 25 DEC DDEC  Decrement     3 5 26 W AND D AND  Logical Word AND     7 13 27 WOR DOR  Logical W or ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 142

    DVP-ES2/SA 2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE Op erati on Manual - Pr ogramming 3-26 High Speed Processin g Mnemonic Applicable to STEPS API 16 bi t s 32 bits PULSE Function ES2 EX2 SS2 SA 2 SE SX2 16-bit 32-bi t 50 REF -  Refresh     5 - 51 REFF -  Refresh and filter adjust     3 - 52 MTR - - Input Matrix     9 - 53 - DHSCS ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 143

    3. Instruction Set 3-27 Mnemonic Applicable to STEPS API 16 bits 32 bi t s PULSE Function ES2 EX2 SS2 SA 2 SE SX2 16-bit 32-bit 76 ASC - - ASCII code conversion     11 - 77 PR - - Print (ASCII code output)     5 - Serial I/O Mnemonic Applicable to STEPS API 16 bits 32 bits PULSE Function ES2 EX2 SS2 SA2 SX2 SE 16-bit 32-bi t ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 144

    DVP-ES2/SA 2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE Op erati on Manual - Pr ogramming 3-28 Mnemonic Applicable to STEPS API 16 bit s 32 bit s PULSE Func tion ES2 EX2 SS2 SA 2 SE SX2 16-bit 32-bi t 99 PLF - - Falling-edge output  3 - Communication Instructions Mnemonic Applicable to STEPS API 16 bits 32 bit s PULSE Function ES2 EX2 SS2 SA 2 SE 2 SX2 16-bit 32-b ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 145

    3. Instruction Set 3-29 Mnemonics Applic able to STEPS API 16 bit s 32 bits PULSE Function ES2 EX2 SS2 SA 2 SE 2 SX2 16-bit 32-bi t 127 - DESQR  Floating point square root     - 9 128 - DPOW  Floating point power operat ion     - 13 129 INT DINT  Float to integer     5 9 130 - DSIN  Sine    ? ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 146

    DVP-ES2/SA 2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE Op erati on Manual - Pr ogramming 3-30 Mnemonic Applicable to STEPS API 16 bi t s 32 bits PULSE Function ES2 EX2 SS2 SA 2 SX2 SE 16-bit 32-bit 205 CMPT DCMPT  Compare tabl e  9 17 207 CSFO - - Catch speed and proportional output  - 7 - Positioning Control Mnemonic Applicable to STEPS API 16 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 147

    3. Instruction Set 3-31 Mnemonic Applicable to STEPS API 16 bits 32 bits PULSE Function ES2 EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 16-bi t 32-bit 167 TWR -  Ti m e w r i t e     3 - 169 HOUR DHOUR - Hour meter     7 13 Gray Code Mnemonic Applicable to STEPS API 16 bits 32 bits PULSE Function ES2 EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 16-bi t 32-bit 170 GRY DGR ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 148

    DVP-ES2/SA 2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE Op erati on Manual - Pr ogramming 3-32 Mnemonic Applicable to STEPS API 16 bits 32 bits PULSE Function ES2 EX2 SS2 SA 2 SE SX2 16-bit 32-bit 223 OR^ DOR^ - S 1 ^ S 2     5 9 Cont act T ype Comp ariso n Mnemonic Applicable to STEPS API 16 bits 32 bits PULSE Function ES2 EX2 SS2 SA 2 SE SX2 16-bit 32-bit 224 LD ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 149

    3. Instruction Set 3-33 Mnemonic Applicable to STEPS API 16 bits 32 bits PULSE Function ES2 EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 16-bit 32-bit 272 BANI DBANI - Connect NC cont act in series by specified bit     5 9 273 BOR DBOR - Connect NO contact in p arallel by specified bit     5 9 274 BORI DBORI - Connect NC contact in p arallel by speci ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 150

    DVP-ES2/SA 2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE Op erati on Manual - Pr ogramming 3-34 Mnemonic Applicable to STEPS API 16 bits 32 bits PULSE Function ES2 EX2 SS2 SA 2 SX2 SE 16-bit 32-bi t 20 ADD DADD  Addition      7 13 66 ALT -  Alternate state      3 - 218 AND& DAND& - S 1 & S 2      5 9 220 AND^ DAND^ ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 151

    3. Instruction Set 3-35 Mnemonic Applicable to STEPS API 16 bits 32 bits PULSE Function ES2 EX2 SS2 SA 2 SX2 SE 16-bi t 32-bit 274 BORI DBORI - Connect NC contact in parallel by specified bit      5 9 266 BOUT DBOUT - Output specified bit of a word      5 9 268 BRST DBRST - Reset specified bit of a word     ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 152

    DVP-ES2/SA 2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE Op erati on Manual - Pr ogramming 3-36 Mnemonic Applicable to STEPS API 16 bits 32 bits PULSE Function ES2 EX2 SS2 SA 2 SX2 SE 16-bit 32-bi t 177 GPS - - GPS data receiving     - 5 - 144 GPWM - - General PWM output      7 - 170 GRY DGRY  BIN → Gray Code      5 9 83 HEX -  ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 153

    3. Instruction Set 3-37 Mnemonic Applicable to STEPS API 16 bits 32 bits PULSE Function ES2 EX2 SS2 SA 2 SX2 SE 16-bi t 32-bit 148 MEMR  Reading the data from the file register  -   - 7 - 149 MEMW  Writing the data into the file register  -   - 7 - 184 MINV -  Matrix inverse      7 - 176 MMOV -  16-bit ? ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 154

    DVP-ES2/SA 2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE Op erati on Manual - Pr ogramming 3-38 Mnemonic Applicable to STEPS API 16 bits 32 bits PULSE Function ES2 EX2 SS2 SA 2 SX2 SE 16-bit 32-bi t 89 PLS - - Rising-edg e output      3 - 59 PLSR DPLSR - Pulse ramp      9 17 57 PLSY DPLSY - Pulse output      7 13 77 PR - - Print (AS ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 155

    3. Instruction Set 3-39 Mnemonic Applicable to STEPS API 16 bits 32 bits PULSE Function ES2 EX2 SS2 SA 2 SX2 SE 16-bi t 32-bit 104 STOP - - Stop VFD      7 – 21 SUB DSUB  Subtraction      7 13 43 SUM DSUM  Sum of Ac tive bits      5 9 147 SWAP DSWAP  Byte swap      3 5 162 TADD ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 156

    DVP-ES2/SA 2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE Op erati on Manual - Pr ogramming 3-40 Mnemonic Applicable to STEPS API 16 bits 32 bits PULSE Function ES2 EX2 SS2 SA 2 SX2 SE 16-bit 32-bi t 193 - DCIMR - 2-Axis Relative Position Arc Interpolation  -    - 17 197 - DCLLM - Close loop position control      - 17 131 - DCOS  Cosine    ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 157

    3. Instruction Set 3-41 Mnemonic Applicable to STEPS API 16 bits 32 bits PULSE Function ES2 EX2 SS2 SA 2 SX2 SE 16-bi t 32-bit 195 - DPTPO - Single-Axis pulse output by table      - 13 116 - DRAD  Degree → Radian      - 9 130 - DSIN  Sine      - 9 178 - DSPA - Solar cell positioning    ? ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 158

    DVP-ES2/SA 2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE Op erati on Manual - Pr ogramming 3-42 3.8 Det ailed Instruction Explanation API Mnemonic Operands Function 00 CJ P Conditional Jump Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 OP Range Program Step s P0~P255 CJ, CJP: 3 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Operands: S : Th ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 159

    3. Instruction Set 3-43 Program example 1: When X0 = ON, the program will ski p from address 0 to N (Pointer P1) automatically and keep on executing. Instructions betwee n address 0 and N will be skippe d.. When X0 = OFF , program flow will proceed with the row immediat ely after the CJ instruction. X0 X1 X2 CJ P1 Y1 Y2 0 NP 1 P*** (CJ i nstruct io ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 160

    DVP-ES2/SA 2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE Op erati on Manual - Pr ogramming 3-44 users. When the instructio n MCR is executed, the previous state of the switch contact is popped from the top of the stack. Under the con ditions listed in (b), (d), and (e) above, the number of times the items are push ed o nto t he stack may be different from the number of times t ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 161

    3. Instruction Set 3-45 *1: Y1 is dual output. Whe n M0 is OFF , it is cont rolled by M1. When M0 is ON, M12 will control Y1 *2: When timer that subroutine used (T184~T199 ) executes first and then CJ in struction is executed, the timer will keep counting. After the timer reaches the set value, output contact of timer will be ON. *3: When high-spee ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 162

    DVP-ES2/SA 2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE Op erati on Manual - Pr ogramming 3-46 API Mnemonic Operands Function 01 CALL P Call Subroutine Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 OP V alid Range Program S teps P0~P255 CALL, CALLP: 3 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Operands: S : The destin ation pointe r P ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 163

    3. Instruction Set 3-47 API Mnemonic Function 02 SRET Subroutine Return Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 OP Descriptions Program Step s N/A No contact to drive the instructio n is required Automatically returns prog ram executio n to the address after CALL instruction in O100. SRET : 1 step PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 S ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 164

    DVP-ES2/SA 2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE Op erati on Manual - Pr ogramming 3-48 Program example 2: 1. When the rising-edge of X20 is triggered, CALL P10 instru ction will transfer execution to subroutine P10. 2. When X21 is ON, execute CALL P 11, jump to and run subroutine P11. 3. When X22 is ON, execute CALL P 12, jump to and run subroutine P12. 4. When X23 is ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 165

    3. Instruction Set 3-49 API Mnemonic Function 03 IRET Interrupt Return Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 OP Descriptions Program Step s N/A No contact to drive the instructio n is required. IRET ends the pro cessing of an interrupt subroutine a nd returns execution back to the main program IRET : 1 step PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 E ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 166

    DVP-ES2/SA 2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE Op erati on Manual - Pr ogramming 3-50 3. Interrupt subroutines must be placed after the FEND i nstruction. 4. Other interrupts are not allowed during ex ecution of a current interrupt routine. 5. When many interruptions occur, the priority is given to the firstly executed interruption. If several interruptions occur at ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 167

    3. Instruction Set 3-51 execute DI instruction. After this, X0 will be reset as falling-e dge when EI is executed again. Program example: During the PLC operation, the program scan s the in structions between EI and DI, if X1 or X2 are ON, the subroutine A or B will be interruptted. When IRET is reached, the main program will resume. I 1 0 1 I 2 0 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 168

    DVP-ES2/SA 2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE Op erati on Manual - Pr ogramming 3-52 API Mnemonic Function 06 FEND The End of The Main Program (Fir st End) Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 OP Descriptions Program S teps N/A No contact to drive the inst ruction is required. FEND: 1 step PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 S ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 169

    3. Instruction Set 3-53 CJ Instruction Program Flow X1 CA LL P6 3 P0 P63 CJ P0 I301 X0 0 T he pr og ra m flo w when X0=off, X1=off Main program Ma in program Ma in program Int err upt sub ro uti ne Command CAL L subrout ine EI DI FEND FEND SRET IRE T END The p ro gra m fl ow when X0=O n progr am jump s to P0 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 170

    DVP-ES2/SA 2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE Op erati on Manual - Pr ogramming 3-54 CALL Instru ction Program Flow X1 CA LL P6 3 P0 P63 CJ P0 I3 01 X0 0 Th e p ro gr am f l ow when X0 =off, X1=of f Main progra m Main progra m Main progra m Inte r rupt sub ro uti ne Command CALL s ubrout ine T he pr og ra m flo w when X0=O ff , X1=On. EI DI FEN D FEN D SRET IR ET EN ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 171

    3. Instruction Set 3-55 API Mnemonic Function 07 WDT P W atchdog T imer Refresh Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 OP Descriptions Program Step s N/A WDT , WDTP: 1 step PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Explanations: 1. WDT instruction can be used to reset the Watch Dog Timer. If the PLC scan t ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 172

    DVP-ES2/SA 2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE Op erati on Manual - Pr ogramming 3-56 Program example: If the program scan time is over 300ms, users can divide the program into 2 p arts. Insert the WDT instruction in between, making scan time of the fi rst half and second half of the program bein g less than 200ms. X0 END END WDT 300ms program 150ms program 150ms pro ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 173

    3. Instruction Set 3-57 API Mnemonic Operands Function 08 FOR S tart of a FOR-NEXT Loop Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * * * * * *** FOR: 3 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Operands: S : ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 174

    DVP-ES2/SA 2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE Op erati on Manual - Pr ogramming 3-58 Program example 1: After program A has been executed for 3 times, it w ill resume its ex ecution after NEXT instruction. Program B will be executed for 4 times whenever pr ogram A is executed once. Therefore, program B will be executed 3 × 4 = 12 times in total. FOR K3 FOR K4 NEXT ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 175

    3. Instruction Set 3-59 Program example 3: Users can adopt CJ instruction to skip a specified FOR ~ NEXT loo p. When X1 = ON, CJ instruction executes to skip the most inn er FOR ~ NEXT loop. X0 TMR T0 K10 P0 FOR K4X10 0 X0 INC D 0 K2 X0 D1 K3 X0 D2 K4 X0 WDT D3 X1 CJ P0 FOR K 5 X0 X0 INC D 4 NEXT NEXT NEXT NEXT NEXT END FOR INC FOR INC FOR INC ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 176

    DVP-ES2/SA 2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE Op erati on Manual - Pr ogramming 3-60 API Mnemonic Operands Function 10 D CMP P Compare Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * * * * * * *** S 2 * * * * * * * * *** D * * * CMP , CMPP: 7 steps DCMP , DCMPP: 13 steps PULSE 16-b ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 177

    3. Instruction Set 3-61 API Mnemonic Operands Function 11 D ZCP P Zone Compare Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * * * * * * *** S 2 * * * * * * * * *** S * * * * * * * * *** D * * * ZCP , ZCPP: 9 steps DZCP , DZCPP: 17 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 178

    DVP-ES2/SA 2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE Op erati on Manual - Pr ogramming 3-62 X0 RST M0 RST RST M1 M2 X0 ZRS T M0 M2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 179

    3. Instruction Set 3-63 API Mnemonic Operands Function 12 D MOV P Move Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * * * * * *** D * * * * * *** MOV , MOVP: 5 steps DMOV , DMOVP: 9 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 S ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 180

    DVP-ES2/SA 2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE Op erati on Manual - Pr ogramming 3-64 API Mnemonic Operands Function 13 SMOV P Shift Move Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * * * *** m 1 * * m 2 * * D * * * * * *** n * * SMOV , SMOVP: 1 1 step PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 181

    3. Instruction Set 3-65 Program example 1: 1. When M1168 = OFF (in BCD mode) and X0 = ON, the 4 th (thousand) and 3 rd (h undred) digi t of the decimal value in D10 start to move to the 3 rd (hundred ) and 2 nd (ten) digit of the decimal value in D20. 10 3 and 10 0 of D20 remain unchanged after th is instruction is exe cuted. 2. When the BCD value ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 182

    DVP-ES2/SA 2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE Op erati on Manual - Pr ogramming 3-66 Program example 3: 1. This instruction ca n be used to combine the DIP switche s connected to the input terminals without continuous numbers. 2. Move the 2 digits of the right DIP switch (X27~X20) to the 2 di gits of D2, and the 1 digit of the DIP switch (X33~X30) to the 1 st digit ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 183

    3. Instruction Set 3-67 API Mnemonic Operands Function 14 D CML P Compliment Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * * * * * *** D * * * * * *** CML, CMLP: 5 step s DCML, DCMLP: 9 step s PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 184

    DVP-ES2/SA 2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE Op erati on Manual - Pr ogramming 3-68 API Mnemonic Operands Function 15 BMOV P Block Mov e Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * * * * D * * * * * * n * * * * * BMOV , BMOVP: 7 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 185

    3. Instruction Set 3-69 Program example 2: Assume the bit devices KnX, KnY, KnM and KnS ar e designated for moving, the numbe r of dig its of S and D has to be the same, i.e. their n has to be the same. M100 0 K1 M0 K1Y 0 K3 M0 M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M9 M10 n=3 M1 1 Y0 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 Y10 Y1 1 Y12 Y13 BMOV Program example 3: The BMOV instruct ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 186

    DVP-ES2/SA 2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE Op erati on Manual - Pr ogramming 3-70 API Mnemonic Operands Function 16 D FMOV P Fill Move Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * * * * * *** D * * * * * * n * * FMOV , FMOVP: 7 steps DFMOV , DFMOVP: 13 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-b ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 187

    3. Instruction Set 3-71 API Mnemonic Operands Function 17 D XCH P Exchange Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F D 1 * * * * * *** D 2 * * * * * *** XCH, XCHP: 5 steps DXCH, DXCHP: 9 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 S ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 188

    DVP-ES2/SA 2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE Op erati on Manual - Pr ogramming 3-72 API Mnemonic Operands Function 18 D BCD P Conve rt BIN to BCD Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * * * *** D * * * * * *** BCD, BCDP: 5 steps DBCD, DBCDP: 9 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 189

    3. Instruction Set 3-73 API Mnemonic Operands Function 19 D BIN P Convert BCD to BIN Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * * * *** D * * * * * *** BIN, BINP: 5 steps DBIN, DBINP: 9 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 E ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 190

    DVP-ES2/SA 2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE Op erati on Manual - Pr ogramming 3-74 10 1 10 0 10 2 6 4 2 X37 X20 8 8 8 10 3 6 8 Y37 Y20 4- d ig it D IP sw it c h in BC D fo r m a t 4-di gi t BCD va lue Using BI N in str uct ion to s tor e t he BIN value in to D100 Using BCD i ns truct ion t o con ve rt the cont ent in D1 00 int o a 4-di gi t BCD val ue. 4-di git 7- ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 191

    3. Instruction Set 3-75 API Mnemonic Operands Function 20 D ADD P Addition Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * * * * * * *** S 2 * * * * * * * * *** D * * * * * *** ADD, ADDP: 7 steps DADD, DADDP: 13 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 192

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manual - Programming 3-76 2. If the operation result exceeds -2,147, 483,648, the borrow flag M10 21 will be ON. 3. If the operation result exceeds 2,147, 483,647, the carry flag M1022 will be ON -2 -1 0 -3 2,768 、 、 、 、 、 -1 0 1 32,7 67 0 1 2 、、、 -2 -1 0 -2,147 ,483, 648 、 、 、 、 、 -1 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 193

    3. Instruction Set 3-77 API Mnemonic Operands Function 21 D SUB P Subtraction Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * * * * * * *** S 2 * * * * * * * * *** D * * * * * *** SUB, SUBP: 7 steps DSUB, DSUBP: 13 step s PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 194

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manual - Programming 3-78 API Mnemonic Operands Function 22 D MUL P Multiplication Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * * * * * * ** S 2 * * * * * * * * ** D * * * * * ** MUL, DMULP: 7 step s DMUL, DMULP: 13 steps P ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 195

    3. Instruction Set 3-79 Program Example: The 16-bit D0 is multiplied by the 16-bit D10 and brings forth a 3 2-bit product. The higher 16 bit s are stored in D21 and the lowe r 16-bit are stored in D20. ON/OFF of MSB indicates the positive/negative status of the operation result. X0 MUL D0 D 10 D20 (D0) × (D10) = (D21, D20) 16-bit × 16-bit = 32-bi ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 196

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manual - Programming 3-80 API Mnemonic Operands Function 23 D DIV P Division Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * * * * * * ** S 2 * * * * * * * * ** D * * * * * ** DIV , DIVP: 7 steps DDIV , DDIVP: 13 steps PULSE 1 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 197

    3. Instruction Set 3-81 API Mnemonic Operands Function 24 D INC P Increment Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F D * * * * * *** INC, INCP: 3 steps DINC, DINCP: 5 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Opera ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 198

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manual - Programming 3-82 API Mnemonic Operands Function 25 D DEC P Decrement Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F D * * * * * *** DEC, DECP: 3 step s DDEC, DDECP: 5 step s PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 S ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 199

    3. Instruction Set 3-83 API Mnemonic Operands Function 26 WA N D P Logical W ord AND Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * * * * * * *** S 2 * * * * * * * * *** D * * * * * *** WA N D , WA N D P : 7 s t e ps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 200

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manual - Programming 3-84 API Mnemonic Operands Function 26 DAND P Logical DWo rd AND Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * * * * * * ** S 2 * * * * * * * * ** D * * * * * ** DAND, DANDP: 13 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 201

    3. Instruction Set 3-85 API Mnemonic Operands Function 27 WOR P Logical Word OR Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * * * * * * *** S 2 * * * * * * * * *** D * * * * * *** WOR, WORP: 7 step s PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 202

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manual - Programming 3-86 API Mnemonic Operands Function 27 DOR P Logical DWord OR Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * * * * * * ** S 2 * * * * * * * * ** D * * * * * ** DOR, DORP: 13 step s PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 203

    3. Instruction Set 3-87 API Mnemonic Operands Function 28 WXOR P Logical Word XOR Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * * * * * * *** S 2 * * * * * * * * *** D * * * * * *** WXOR, WXORP: 7 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 204

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manual - Programming 3-88 API Mnemonic Operands Function 28 DXOR P Logical DWo rd XOR Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * * * * * * ** S 2 * * * * * * * * ** D * * * * * ** DXOR, DXORP: 13 step s PULSE 16-bit 32-bi ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 205

    3. Instruction Set 3-89 API Mnemonic Operands Function 29 D NEG P 2’s Complem ent (Negation) Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F D * * * * * *** NEG , NEGP: 3 steps DNEG , DNEGP: 5 step s PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 206

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manual - Programming 3-90 X0 CMP D0 D2 M0 M0 SUB D0 D2 D4 M2 SUB D2 D0 D4 M1 Det ailed explanations on negativ e value and it s absolute value 1. MSB = 0 indicates the value is positive while MSB = 1 indicates the value is negative. 2. NEG instruction can be applied to conver t a negative value into its absolut ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 207

    3. Instruction Set 3-91 API Mnemonic Operands Function 30 D ROR P Rotation Right Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F D * * * * * *** n * * ROR, RORP: 5 step s DROR, DRORP: 9 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 S ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 208

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manual - Programming 3-92 API Mnemonic Operands Function 31 D ROL P R ota te Left Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F D * * * * * *** n * * ROL, ROLP: 5 steps DROL, DROLP: 9 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 E ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 209

    3. Instruction Set 3-93 API Mnemonic Operands Function 32 D RCR P Rotation Right with Carry Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F D * * * * * *** n * * RCR, RCRP: 5 step s DRCR, DRCRP: 9 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/E ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 210

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manual - Programming 3-94 API Mnemonic Operands Function 33 D RCL P Rotation Left with Carry Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F D * * * * * *** n * * RCL, RCLP: 5 steps DRCL, DRCLP: 9 step s PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 211

    3. Instruction Set 3-95 API Mnemonic Operands Function 34 SFTR P Bit Shift Right Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * D * * * n 1 * * n 2 * * SFTR, SFTRP: 9 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 O ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 212

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manual - Programming 3-96 API Mnemonic Operands Function 35 SFTL P Bit Shift Left Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * D * * * n 1 * * n 2 * * SFTL, SFTLP: 9 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 213

    3. Instruction Set 3-97 API Mnemonic Operands Function 36 WSFR P Word Shift Right Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * * * * D * * * * * * n 1 * * n 2 * * WSFR, WSFRP: 9 step s PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 214

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manual - Programming 3-98 Program Example 2: 1. When X0 is triggered, WSFRP instructio n shifts X20~X27 into data stack Y20~Y37 and Y20~Y37 also shift to the right with a group of 4 devices. 2. The figure below illustrates the right shift of the devices in one scan n Y27~Y20 → carry o Y37~Y30 → Y27~Y20 p X2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 215

    3. Instruction Set 3-99 API Mnemonic Operands Function 37 WSFL P Word Shift Lef t Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * * * * D * * * * * * n 1 * * n 2 * * WSFL, WSFLP: 9 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 216

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manual - Programming 3-100 API Mnemonic Operands Function 38 SFWR P Shif t Registe r Write Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * * * * * *** D * * * * * * n * * SFWR, SFWRP: 7 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 217

    3. Instruction Set 3-101 API Mnemonic Operands Function 39 SFRD P Shift Register Read Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * * * D * * * * * *** n * * SFRD, SFRDP: 7 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 S ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 218

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manual - Programming 3-102 API Mnemonic Operands Function 40 ZRST P Zone Reset Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F D 1 * * * * * * D 2 * * * * * * ZRST , ZRSTP: 5 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 219

    3. Instruction Set 3-103 2. For clearing multiple devices, API 16 FMOV instruction can be us ed to send K0 to word devices T, C, D or bit devices KnY, KnM, KnS. RST M0 X0 RST T 0 RST Y 0 FMOV K0 D10 K5 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 220

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manual - Programming 3-104 API Mnemonic Operands Function 41 DECO P Decode Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * * * * * *** D * * * * * *** n * * DECO, DECOP: 7 step s PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/ ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 221

    3. Instruction Set 3-105 Program Example 2: 1. When D is used as a word device, n = 1 ~ 4. Erro rs will occur if n = 0 or n > 4. 2. When n = 4, the decoded data is 2 4 = 16 bits. 3. When X20 goes from OFF to ON, the data in D10 (b2 to b0) will be decoded and stored in D20 (b7 to b0). The unused bits in D20 (b15 to b8 ) will be set to 0. 4. The l ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 222

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manual - Programming 3-106 API Mnemonic Operands Function 42 ENCO P Encode Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * * * *** D * * *** n * * DECO, DECOP: 7 step s PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 223

    3. Instruction Set 3-107 Program Example 2: 1. When S is used as a word device, n = 1 ~ 4. Errors wil l occur if n = 0 or n > 4. 2. When n = 4, the decoded data is 2 4 = 16 bits data. 3. When X0 goes from OFF to ON, the 2 3 bits (b0 ~ b7) in D10 w ill be encoded and the result will be stored in the lower 3 bits of D20 (b2 to b0). The unused bits ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 224

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manual - Programming 3-108 API Mnemonic Operands Function 43 D SUM P Sum of Active bits Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * * * * * *** D * * *** SUM, DSUMP: 5 steps DSUM, DSUMP: 9 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 225

    3. Instruction Set 3-109 API Mnemonic Operands Function 44 D BON P Check specified bit statu s Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * * * * * *** D * * * n * * * * *** BON, BONP: 7 steps DBON, DBONP: 13 step s PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 226

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manual - Programming 3-1 10 API Mnemonic Operands Function 45 D MEAN P Mean Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * * * * D * * * * * *** n * * * * * * * * *** MEAN, MEANP: 7 steps DMEAN, DMEANP: 13 steps PULSE 16-bit ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 227

    3. Instruction Set 3 - 111 API Mnemonic Operands Function 46 ANS T imed Annunciator Set Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * m * D * ANS: 7 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Operands: S : Alarm time ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 228

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manual - Programming 3-1 12 API Mnemonic Function 47 ANR P Annunciator Reset Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 OP Descriptions Program S teps N/A Instruction driven by contact is necessary . ANR, ANRP: 1 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Explanations ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 229

    3. Instruction Set 3-1 13 Y0 ANS T0 K1 00 S912 X2 X4 ANRP M100 0 M104 9 Y1 ANS T1 K200 S920 X3 X0 Y0 X2 M104 8 Y2 Y0 X1 Y1 X3 Y1 1. M1048 and D1049 are valid only when M1049 = ON. 2. When Y0 = ON for more than 10 sec and the product fails to reach the front position X2, S912 = ON 3. When Y1 = ON for more than 10 sec and the product fails to reach t ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 230

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manual - Programming 3-1 14 API Mnemonic Operands Function 48 D SQR P Square Root Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * D * SQR, SQRP: 5 steps DSQR, DSQRP: 9 step s PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 231

    3. Instruction Set 3-1 15 API Mnemonic Operands Function 49 D FL T P Floating Point Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * D * FL T , FL TP: 5 steps DFL T , DFL TP: 9 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 232

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manual - Programming 3-1 16 M100 2 R ST M10 81 X20 FL T D0 D12 X21 DF L T D0 D20 Program Example 2: 1. When M1081 = ON, the source data is conver ted from floating point value to BIN intege r. (Decimal ignored) 2. When X20 = ON, D1 and D0 (floating point) ar e converted to D1 2 (BIN integer). If D0 (D1 ) = H47C ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 233

    3. Instruction Set 3-1 17 M100 0 FL T D10 D100 BIN K2X0 D 200 FL T D200 D 202 DE DIV K6 15 K1 0 DE DIV D1 00 D2 02 DEM UL D 400 D300 DE BCD D20 D3 0 DIN T D2 0 D4 0 D300 D400 D20 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1. Covert D10 (BIN integer) to D101, D100 (floating point). 2. Covert the value of X7~X0 (BCD value) to D200 (BIN value). 3. Covert D200 (BIN integer) to D ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 234

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manual - Programming 3-1 18 API Mnemonic Operands Function 50 REF P Refresh Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F D * * n * * REF , REFP: 5 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 235

    3. Instruction Set 3-1 19 X0 RE F Y0 K 4 Program Example 3: When X0 = ON, I/O points starting from X10 or Y4 will all be refreshed. X0 RE F X1 0 K8 X0 RE F Y4 K8 或 Program Example 4: For DVP-EX2/SX2 only: When X0 = ON and M1 180 = ON, A/D signal in D1 1 10~D1 1 13 will be refreshed immediately regardle ss of the settings of operands D and n X0 SE ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 236

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manual - Programming 3-120 API Mnemonic Operands Function 51 REFF P Refresh and Filter Adjust Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F n * * REFF , REFFP: 3 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 237

    3. Instruction Set 3-121 API Mnemonic Operands Function 52 MTR Input Matrix Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * D 1 * D 2 ** * n * * MTR: 9 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Operands: S : Head addr ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 238

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manual - Programming 3-122 M100 0 MT R X40 Y40 M10 K2 The figure below illustrates the external wirin g of the 2-array matrix input loop constructed by X40 ~ X47 and Y40 ~ Y41. The 16 switches correspond to the internal re lays M10 ~ M17, M20 ~ M27. The wiring should be a ppli ed with MTR instruction. S/S X4 0 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 239

    3. Instruction Set 3-123 Point s to note: 1. Operand S must be a multiple of 10, e.g. 00, 10, 20, which means X0, X10… etc. and occupies 8 continuou s devi ces. 2. Operand D 1 should be a multiple of 10, i.e. 00, 10, 20, which means Y0, Y10… etc. and occupies n continuous de v ices 3. Operand D 2 should be a multiple of 10, i.e. 00, 10, which m ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 240

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manual - Programming 3-124 API Mnemonic Operands Function 53 D HSCS High S peed Counter Set Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * * * * * * ** S 2 * D * * * DHSCS: 13 step s PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 241

    3. Instruction Set 3-125 ¾ Table of settings for the high-speed interrupts of the software counters and software comparators: Counter C232 C23 3 C234 C235 C236 C237 DHSCS High-sp eed interrupt I010 I050 I070 I010 I020 I030 High-speed comparator Set C232~C242 share 6 software comp arators Counter C238 C239 C240 C241 C24 2 DHSCS High-sp eed interrup ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 242

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manual - Programming 3-126 ¾ If DCNT instruction enables C2 43 as high speed counter (group A) and D HSC/ DHSC instruction uses C245 as hi gh sp eed counter (group A) at the same time, PLC takes C243 as the source count er automatically and no syntax check error will be detected. ¾ Table of settings for the h ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 243

    3. Instruction Set 3-127 ¾ 6 comparators are available for software c ounters whil e 8 comparators are available for 2 groups of hardware coun ters ( 4 comparators for ea ch group ) ¾ Output timing of software comparator Æ count value equals to com parative valu e in bot h counting up/down modes. ¾ Output timing of the hardware comparator with ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 244

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manual - Programming 3-128 M100 0 DCNT C2 51 K1 00 DHSCS C2 51 K100 M0 ¾ When C251 counts up and the value in C251 varies from 100 to101, DHSCS instruction sets M0 ON. ¾ When C251 counts down and the value in C251 varie s from 100 to 99, DHSCR instruction reset s M0. ¾ Timing diagram for the comparison: Cou ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 245

    3. Instruction Set 3-129 9. Count value storage function of high speed interrupt: ¾ When X1, X3, X4 and X5 is applied for reset function and associated external interrupt s are disabled, users can d efine the reset function as Rising/Falling -edge triggered by special M relays specified in the table: Applicable Software High Sp eed Counte rs. Howe ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 246

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-130 API Mnemonic Operands Function 54 D HSCR High S peed Counter Reset Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * * * * * * ** S 2 * D * * * * DHSCR: 13 step s PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 S ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 247

    3. Instruction Set 3-131 API Mnemonic Operands Function 55 D HSZ High S peed Zone Compa re Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word dev ices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * * * * * * ** S 2 * * * * * * * * ** S * D * * * DHSZ: 17 ste p s PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 S ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 248

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-132 ¾ There are 6 software zone comp arators available exclusively for zone compa re operation, hence the limit of 6 comparisons for zon e compare does not include the comparison s of DHSCS and DHSCR. ¾ SS2/SA2/SE does not support software counter C232. 5. Explanations on hardware comp ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 249

    3. Instruction Set 3-133 DHSZ instruction. Also, when DHSCS uses I 070 or I080, comparators B3 a nd B4 are no longer available for DHSZ instruction. If comp arators are used repeatedly, the syntax error will be detected on the instruction behin d. ¾ For DVP-SE, if DHSZ instruction uses hard ware comparators, two hardware comparators are used. DHSC ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 250

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-134 Timing diagram 2000 24 00 Sp eed v ari ab le tra nsmission d evice 0 X10 Y10 Y1 1 Y12 Hi gh spee d Low spee d Sto p Pr esen t val ue of C25 1 0 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 251

    3. Instruction Set 3-135 API Mnemonic Operands Function 56 SPD S peed Detection Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * S 2 * * * * * * * * *** D * * * SPD: 7 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Operan ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 252

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-136 Max frequency SA2/SE/SX2: 100kHz SS2: 20kHz 5KHz. X1(X0/X1) of SA2/SE: 30kHz 10KHz 14. D occupies 5 consecutive registers, D + 1 and D store the results of previous pulse detection; D +3 and D + 2 store the current accu mulated num be r of pulses; D + 4 store the current time remaini ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 253

    3. Instruction Set 3-137 API Mnemonic Operands Function 57 D PLSY Pulse Output Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * * * * * * *** S 2 * * * * * * * * *** D * PLSY : 7 steps DPLSY : 13 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE S ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 254

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-138 25. Four pulse output modes: (They are not applicable to DVP-SE.) D1220 D1221 Mode Output K0 K1 K2 K3 K0 K1 K2 K3 # Y0 Pulse Pulse A CW Y1 Pulse Dir B Puls e Y2 Pulse Pulse A CCW Y3 Pulse Dir B Pulse Pulse: Pulse A: A phase pulse CW : clockwise Dir: Direction B: B phase pulse CCW : C ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 255

    3. Instruction Set 3-139 32. There is no limitation on the ti mes of using this instruction, however the program allows only 4 instructions (PLSY, PWM, PLSR) to be executed at the same time. If Y1 is used for several high speed pulse output instructions, PLC will out put according to the exe cution order of these instructions. Program Example: 33. ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 256

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-140 M1348: Auto reset Y1 when high speed pulse o utput compl eted M1524: Auto reset Y2 when high speed pulse o utput compl eted M1525: Auto reset Y3 when high speed pulse o utput compl eted M1538: Indicating p a use status of Y0 M1539: Indicating p a use status of Y1 M1540: Indicating p ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 257

    3. Instruction Set 3-141 Program Example 1: M100 0 EI FEND I 0 01 IRE T M100 0 DP LSY K100 0 K100 0 Y2 I 1 01 IRE T SET M152 4 END DP LSY K100 0 K100 0 Y0 SET M1347 Explanations: a) Whenever I001 is triggered, Y0 will output 1, 000 pulses; whenever I101 is triggered, Y2 will output 1,000 pulses. b) When pulse output is co mp leted, there shoul d be ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 258

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-142 API Mnemonic Operands Function 58 PWM Pulse Width Modulation Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * * * * * * *** S 2 * * * * * * * * ** * D * PWM: 7 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 S ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 259

    3. Instruction Set 3-143 46. When M1113 = ON, the unit of Y2 output pulse i s 10 μ s, when M111 3 = OFF, the unit is 100 μ s. (It is not applicable to DVP-SE.) 47. When M1113 = ON, the unit of Y2 output pulse is 100 μ s, when M1113 = OFF, the unit is 1ms. (It is only applicable to DVP-SE.) 48. When M1071 = ON, the unit of Y3 output pulse is 100 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 260

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-144 D1032: Low word of the prese nt value of Y1 pulse output D1033 High word of the present value of Y1 pulse output D1336 PV of Y2 pulse output (Low word) D1337 PV of Y2 pulse output (High word) D1338: Low word of the prese nt value of Y3 pulse output. D1339: High word of the present va ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 261

    3. Instruction Set 3-145 API Mnemonic Operands Function 59 D PLSR Pulse Ramp Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * * * * * * *** S 2 * * * * * * * * *** S 3 * * * * * * * * *** D * PLSR: 9 steps DPLSR: 17 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 262

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-146 Y3 Pulse Dir 58. When assigning Y0 and Y2 output mode as Puls e, i.e. D1220 = K0, D1221 = K0, the available range for S 2 is 1~32,767 (16-bit instruct ion) an d 1~2,147,483,647 (32-bit instruction). 59. When assigning Y0 and Y2 output mode as Pulse/Dir, i.e. D1220 = K1, D1221 = K1, t ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 263

    3. Instruction Set 3-147 66. There is no limitation on the times of using th is instruction in the program. However, only 4 instructions can be executed at the same scan ti me. Whe n several pulse output instructions (PLSY, PWM, PLSR) use Y1 as the output devic e in the same scan cycle, PLC will execute pulse output according to the driv en order o ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 264

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-148 M1156: Enabling the mask and alignment mark function on I400/I401(X4) corresponding to Y0. M1257: Set the ramp up/down of Y0, Y2 to be “S curve.” ON = S curve. M1158: Enabling the mask and alignment mark function on I600/I601(X6) corresponding to Y2. M1534: Enable ramp-down time ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 265

    3. Instruction Set 3-149  When M1156/M1158 = ON, enable ramp-do wn pa use (Mark functio n) on Y0/Y2 when X4/X6 receives interrupt signals.  When Mark function is enabled, ramp down time is independent of the ramp up time. Users can set ramp up time in S 3 and ramp down time in D1348/D134 9. (Ran ge: 20ms~32767ms)  When Mark function is exe ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 266

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-150 output will stop after 1,000,000 pulse s are completed.  When pulse output ramps down and stops after Mark i s dete cted, M 1538 will be ON to indicate the pause status. If users need to complete the remaining p ulse s, set OFF the flag M1108 and pulse output will resume. 74. Oper ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 267

    3. Instruction Set 3-151 Explanations:  When M0 is triggered, Y0 executes pulse output. When external interru pt is detected on X4 after 50,000 pulses, pulse output will pe rform ramp d own process for 10,000 pulses and the n stop. M1108 will be ON. If no interrupt is detec ted on X4, Y0 pulse output will stop after 1,000,000 pulses are com plet ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 268

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-152 API Mnemonic Operands Function 60 IST Initial S tate Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * D 1 * D 2 * IST : 7 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 269

    3. Instruction Set 3-153 80. When S1 (zero return mode) is initialized, i.e. selected, zero return will NOT be executed if any of the state S10~S19 is ON. 81. When S2 (auto mode) is initialized, i.e. selected, auto mode will NOT be executed if M1043 = ON or any of the state between D 1 to D 2 I is ON. Program Example 2: Robot arm control (by IST in ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 270

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-154 86. Control panel X35 X36 X37 X20 X21 X22 X23 X24 X25 Ste p X3 2 One cycle opera tion X33 Co ntin uous op era t ion X34 Man ual op era t ion X30 Zero return X3 1 Power ON Power OFF Zero return Auto ON Aut o OFF Rig ht Shi ft Le ft sh if t Release balls Clip balls Descend Asce nd a) X ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 271

    3. Instruction Set 3-155 89. Zero return mode: a) SFC: S1 S10 X35 S1 1 X4 S12 X1 RST Y4 RST Y1 Y0 RST Y2 Y3 SET M1043 RST S1 2 R ele ase balls Stop lowe ri ng robo t arm Raise robot arm to the upper-li mit (X4 = ON) St op shiftin g to rig ht Shi ft to left to reac h the le ft- lim it (X 1 = ON ) Ena ble zero retur n com pleted fla g Ze ro return co ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 272

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-156 90. Auto operation (Single step / One- cycle operation / continuous operation): a) SFC: S2 S20 S30 S31 M104 4 X5 T0 Y1 SET Y0 S32 X4 X2 S50 Y1 Y2 S2 X1 M104 1 X0 Y4 TMR T0 K 30 S60 RST X5 Y4 TMR T2 K 30 S70 T2 Y0 S80 X4 Y3 X1 S40 S41 X5 T1 SET Y0 S42 X4 X3 Y2 X0 Y4 TMR T1 K 30 X3 X2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 273

    3. Instruction Set 3-157 b) Ladder Diagram: END RET SET S20 SET S30 SET Y4 Y0 X5 S31 S X4 TM R T0 SET S32 S2 S M104 1 M1044 S20 S S30 S Y1 X0 SET S40 X5 X0 SET S31 T0 K30 Y2 S32 S X2 SET S50 X2 SET Y4 TM R T1 S40 S SET S41 T1 K30 Y0 S41 S X4 SET S42 Y2 S42 S X3 SET S50 X3 Y1 S50 S X5 SET S60 RST Y4 TM R T2 S60 S SET S70 T2 K30 Y0 S70 S X4 SET S80 Y ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 274

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-158 Flag explanation: M1040: Disable step transition. When M1040 = ON, all motion of step points are disabled. 91. Manual operation mode: M1040 remains ON in manual mode. 92. Zero return mode/one cycle operation mode: M1040 remains ON in the interval after Auto Stop and before Auto Start ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 275

    3. Instruction Set 3-159 M1046: Indicates STL(S tep Ladder) status. When STL operation is activate, M1046 = ON if any of the step point S is ON. If M1047 = ON, M1046 also activates to indicate ON status of step point s. In addition, D1040 ~ D1047 reco rds 8 step numbers from the curr ent ON ste p to the previou s 7 ON steps. M1047: Enable STL monit ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 276

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-160 API Mnemonic Operands Function 61 D SER P Search a Data St a c k Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * * * * * S 2 * * * * * * * * ** * D * * * * * * N * * * SER, SERP: 9 steps DSER, DSERP ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 277

    3. Instruction Set 3-161 API Mnemonic Operands Function 62 D ABSD Absolute Drum Sequencer Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * * * * * S 2 * * * D * * * n * * ABSD: 9 steps DABSD: 17 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 278

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-162 111. M10~ M13 = ON when the current value of C10 falls between lower and upper bounds. Lower-bound v alue Upper- bound value Current value of C10 Output D100= 40 D101 = 1 00 40 ≦ C10 ≦ 100 M10 = ON D102 = 120 D103 = 210 120 ≦ C10 ≦ 210 M1 1 = ON D104 = 140 D105 = 170 140 ≦ ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 279

    3. Instruction Set 3-163 API Mnemonic Operands Function 63 INCD Increment al drum sequencer Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * * * * * S 2 * D * * * n * * INCD: 9 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 280

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-164 122. When X0 turns from ON → OFF, C10 and C11 will all be reset t o 0 and M10~M14 = OFF. When X0 turns ON again, this instru ct ion will be executed again from the beginning. INC D D1 00 C1 0 M1 0 K 5 X0 CNT C1 0 K1 00 M101 3 X0 M10 M12 M1 1 M13 M14 M102 9 15 10 15 15 30 30 40 25 1 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 281

    3. Instruction Set 3-165 API Mnemonic Operands Function 64 TTMR T eaching Tim er Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F D * n * * TTMR: 5 step s PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Operands: D : Device No. for st ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 282

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-166 128. If ON duration of X0 is T sec, the relation between D0, D1 and n are shown as the table below. n D0 (u nit: s ec) D1 (unit: 100 ms) K0 T (sec) ×1 D1 = D0×10 K1 T (sec) ×10 D1 = D0 K2 T (sec ) ×100 D1 = D0/10 Program Example 2: 129. Use TMR instruction to write in 10 groups o ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 283

    3. Instruction Set 3-167 API Mnemonic Operands Function 65 STMR S pecial T imer Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * m * * D * * * STMR: 7 step s PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Operands: S : No. of tim ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 284

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-168 143. Apply a NC contact Y3 after the drive contact X20, and Y1, Y2 will form a flashing circuit output. When X20 turns OFF, Y0, Y1 and Y3 = OFF and the content of T10 will be re set . X20 STMR T 10 K5 0 Y0 Y3 X20 Y1 Y2 5 se c 5 se c ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 285

    3. Instruction Set 3-169 API Mnemonic Operands Function 66 AL T P Alternate S tate Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F D * * * AL T , AL TP: 3 s teps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Operands: D : Destinati ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 286

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-170 API Mnemonic Operands Function 67 D RAMP Ramp variable V alue Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * S 2 * D * n * * * RAMP: 9 step s DRAMP: 17 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 287

    3. Instruction Set 3-171 If X20 = ON, D10 D12 D1 1 D1 1 D1 2 D1 0 D10< D1 1 D1 0 >D1 1 n sca ns Th e scan tim es is store d i n D1 3 n scans Point s to note: The variation of the content in D12 according to ON/OFF st ate of M1026 (Ramp mode selection): X2 0 M1 02 9 Sta rt si gn al M1 02 6=ON X2 0 D13 M1 02 9 St a rt s i gn al M1 02 6=OF F 0 D ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 288

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-172 API Mnemonic Operands Function 68 DTM P Data T ransform and Move Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * D * m * * * n * * * DTM: 9 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 289

    3. Instruction Set 3-173 K2: With n = 2, transform 16-bit data (Hi-byte, Lo-byte) into 8-bit data in the following rule: c d e f Hi-by t e L o -by t e c d e f Hi-b y t e Lo -by t e c d e f Hi-by t e L o -by t e c d e f Hi-b y t e Lo -by t e K3: With n = 2, transform 16-bit data (Lo-byte, Hi -byte) into 8-bit data in the following rule: c d e f Hi-b ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 290

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-174 K6: When n = 4, transform 8-bit ASCII data (highe r 4 bits, lower 4 bits) into HEX data in the following rule: (ASCII value to be transformed incl u de s 0 ~ 9 (0x30 ~0x39), A ~ F (0x41~0x46 ), and a ~ f (0x61~0x66).) c d e f Hi -by t e Lo -b y t e cd ef Hi -by t e Lo -b y t e c d e ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 291

    3. Instruction Set 3-175 Points to note: 1. When the calculation results exceed the ma x frequency of PLC, the output frequency will be set as 0. 2. When the total of ramp-up and ramp-down time exceeds the total time for operation, PLC will change the total time for operation ( S +2) into “ramp-up time ( S +3) + ram p-down time ( S +4) + 1” aut ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 292

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-176 n: set values of multi-point areas. The range of set values is K2~K50. When the set value exceeds the range, it will not be executed. The sample curve: (n is set to be K4) S+1 D+ 1 S+2 D+ 2 S+3 D+ 4 S+4 D+ 3 D S S+1 D+ 1 S+2 D+ 2 S+3 D+ 4 S+4 D+ 3 D S The explanation of the sample: 1 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 293

    3. Instruction Set 3-177 The combination will be perfor med in the following rule: ‘A’ ‘B’ ‘C ’ ‘D ’ Hi-by t e Lo -by t e ‘a’ ‘b’ ‘c ’ Hi-by t e Lo -by t e 0x 00 0x 00 S+ 0 S+ 1 S+ 2 S+ 3 S+ 4 D+ 0 D+ 1 D+ 2 D+ 3 ‘a’ ‘b’ ‘c ’ Hi-by t e Lo -by t e ‘A’ D+ 0 D+ 1 D+ 2 D+ 3 ‘B’ ‘C ’ ‘D ’ 0x 00 D+ ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 294

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-178 Points to note: 1. Operand n se ts the number of total digits for the converted floating value. Max 8 digits are applicable and the value over n digit will be omitted. For exampl e, n = K6, data string “123.45678” will be converted to “123.456”. 2. When there are characters o ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 295

    3. Instruction Set 3-179 The conversion will be performed in the following rule: ‘1’ ‘2’ ‘3’ Hi-by t e Lo -by t e ‘. ’ D+ 0 D+ 1 D+ 2 D+ 3 ‘4’ ‘5’ ‘6’ 0x 00 D+ 4 D+ 5 D+ 6 D+ 7 123. 45678 32-bit F l o at i ng val ue S+ 0 S+ 1 n = k 6 ‘1’ ‘2’ ‘3’ Hi-by t e Lo -by t e ‘. ’ D+ 0 D+ 1 D+ 2 D+ 3 ‘4’ ‘5? ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 296

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-180 153. The optimal positioning results can be obtained as below: Optimal max frequency Optimal st art frequency D10, D1 1 D12 K70000 K3334 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 297

    3. Instruction Set 3-181 API Mnemonic Operands Function 69 D SORT Data sort Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * m 1 * * m 2 * * D * n * * * SOR T : 1 1 step s DSORT : 21 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 298

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-182 Example t abl e of data sor t Columns of data: m 2 Data Column 1 2 3 4 5 Column Row Students No. English Math. Physics Chemistry 1 （ D0 ） 1 （ D5 ） 90 （ D10 ） 75 （ D15 ） 66 （ D20 ） 79 2 （ D1 ） 2 （ D6 ） 55 （ D11 ） 65 （ D16 ） 54 （ D21 ） 63 3 （ D ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 299

    3. Instruction Set 3-183 API Mnemonic Operands Function 70 D TKY T en key input Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * D 1 * * * * * *** D 2 ** * TKY : 7 steps DTKY : 13 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 S ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 300

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-184 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 D0 10 3 10 2 10 1 10 0 numb er key BCD value 1- di gi t B C D c o de BIN value ov erf l ow BCD va lue 160. As shown in the timing diagram below, four keys connected with X35, X33, X31 and X30 are pressed in order. Therefore, the numbe r 5,301 is generated and stor ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 301

    3. Instruction Set 3-185 API Mnemonic Operands Function 71 D HKY Hexadecimal key input Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * D 1 * D 2 * * *** D 3 ** * HKY : 9 steps DHKY : 17 step s PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 302

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-186 170. Input keys 0~9: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 D0 10 3 10 2 10 1 10 0 num ber ke y 1- di gi t BC D code BCD valu e BCD value BIN val ue ov erf l ow 171. Input keys A~F: a) When A is pressed, M0 will be ON and reta ined. When D is pressed next, M0 will be OFF , M3 will be ON and retained.. ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 303

    3. Instruction Set 3-187 174. External wiring: Y23 Y22 Y21 Y20 C X23 X22 X21 X20 S/S CD E F 89 A B 45 67 01 23 PLC (T ransi st or outpu t) +2 4V 24G Point s to note: 175. When HKY instruction is executed, 8 scan cycles (matrix scan) are required for reading the input value successfully. A scan cycle that is too long or too short may cau se the inpu ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 304

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-188 API Mnemonic Operands Function 72 DSW DIP Switch Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * D 1 * D 2 * * * n * * DSW: 9 step s PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/E ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 305

    3. Instruction Set 3-189 182. Please use transistor output for Y20 ~ Y23. Every pin 1, 2, 4, 8 shall be connected to a diode (0.1A/50V) in series before conne cting to the input terminals o n PLC. Wiring diagram of DIP switch: S/S X20 X21 X22 X23 X24 X2 5 X26 X27 Y23 Y22 Y21 Y20 C 1 2 48 1 2 48 PLC 10 10 10 10 01 2 3 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 3 0V +24V DIP ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 306

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-190 API Mnemonic Operands Function 73 SEGD P 7-segment decoder Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * * * * * ** * D * * * * * *** SEGD, SEGDP: 5 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 307

    3. Instruction Set 3-191 API Mnemonic Operands Function 74 SEGL 7-segment with Latch Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * * * * * *** D * n * * SEGL: 7 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Operan ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 308

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manual - Programming 3-192 192. When X20 = ON, Y24~Y27 will be scanned in circles automatically. Each circle requires 12 scan cycles. M1029 = ON for a scan cycle whenever a circle is completed. 193. When there is 1 set of 4-digit 7-segment display, n = 0 ~ 3 Connect the 7-segment display terminals 1, 2, 4, 8 in ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 309

    3. Instruction Set 3-193 On PLC VCC Y Pull-up resistor Signa l o utput Dri ve Y 199. Positive logic (negative polarity) output of BCD code BCD value Y output (BCD code) Signal output b 3 b 2 b 1 b 0 8 4 2 1 A B C D 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 310

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manual - Programming 3-194 ’ ＋ ’: Positive logic (Negative polarity) output ‘ － ’: Negative logic (Posit ive polarity) output 203. The polarity of PLC transistor output and the polarity of the 7-segment display input can be designated by the setting of n . ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 311

    3. Instruction Set 3-195 API Mnemonic Operands Function 75 ARWS Arrow switch Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * D 1 * * *** D 2 * n * * ARWS : 9 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Operands: S ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 312

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-196 X0 ARWS X20 D2 0 Y20 K0 1 2 4 8 10 3 10 2 10 1 10 0 Y20 Y21 Y22 Y23 Y27 Y26 Y25 Y24 Dig it indi ca tion LED X21 X20 X22 X23 Min us / dow n Move to left Move to right 7- segm ent disp lay f or the 4 -dig it se t val ue Add / up Th e 4 sw it c hes are us ed for movi ng the d igits and ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 313

    3. Instruction Set 3-197 API Mnemonic Operands Function 76 ASC ASCII code conversion Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S D * * * ASC: 1 1 step s PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Operands: S : English lett ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 314

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-198 API Mnemonic Operands Function 77 PR Print (ASCII Code Output) Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * D * PR: 5 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 315

    3. Instruction Set 3-199 TT T AB C D H X2 0 sta rt si gn al Y20~ Y27 dat a Y30 sc an si gnal Y31 b eing exec uted T : s c an t i m e ( ms ) Program Example 2: 1. PR instruction supports ASCII data output of 8-bit data string when M1027 = OFF. When M1027 = ON, the PR instruction is a ble to ex ecute a n output of 1~1 6 bit data string. 2. When M1027 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 316

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-200 API Mnemonic Operands Function 78 D FROM P Read CR dat a from S pecial Modules Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F m 1 * * * m 2 * * * D * n * * * FROM, FROMP: 9 steps DFROM, DFROMP: 17 steps PULS ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 317

    3. Instruction Set 3-201 API Mnemonic Operands Function 79 D TO P Write CR dat a into S pecial Modules Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F m 1 * * * m 2 * * * S * * * n * * * TO, TOP: 9 st eps DTO, DT OP: 17 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/E ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 318

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-202 C R #10 CR #9 Up per 16- b i t Lo we r 16- b i t Sp e c i f i e d C R n u m b e r 4. n : Number of data to be written at a time. n = 2 in 16-bit instruction has the same operatio n results as n = 1 in 32-bit instruction. D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 CR #5 CR #6 CR #7 CR #8 CR #9 CR #10 D0 D1 D2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 319

    3. Instruction Set 3-203 API Mnemonic Operands Function 80 RS Serial Communication Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program S tep s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * m * * * D * n * * * RS: 9 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Operands: S : S t ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 320

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-204 3. When data receiving is comp leted, M1123 will automatically be ON. When data processing on the received data is completed, M1123 has to be reset (OFF) and the PLC will be ready fo r communication again. Howeve r, DO NOT cont inuously execute RST M1123, i.e. it is suggested to conn ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 321

    3. Instruction Set 3-205 Receiving data: (External equipment -> PLC) D12 0L D122L D 123L D 124L D12 5L D12 6L D1 21 L Regi sters for r eceiv ed data, sta rtin g f rom t he lowe r 8 bit s of D1 20 length = 7 STX ETX1 ET X2 3. The STX and ETX of external equipments will be received by PLC in data receiving proces s, therefore, care should be taken ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 322

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-206 Program Example 3: COM2 RS-485 1. Connect PLC to VFD-B series AC motor drives (AC motor d rive in ASCII Mode; PLC in 16-bit mode and M1161 = OFF). 2. Write the data to be sent into registers starting from D100 in advance in order to read 6 data starting from address H2101 on VFD-B MO ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 323

    3. Instruction Set 3-207 Registers for received dat a (VFD-B responds with message s) Register Data Explanation D120 low ‘: ’ 3A H STX D120 high ‘0’ 30 H ADR 1 D121 low ‘1’ 31 H ADR 0 D121 high ‘0’ 30 H CMD 1 D122 low ‘3’ 33 H CMD 0 D122 high ‘0’ 30 H D123 low ‘C’ 43 H Number of data (counted by byte) D123 high ‘0’ 3 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 324

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-208 Program Example 4: COM2 RS-485 1. Connect PLC to VFD-B series A C motor drives (AC motor drive i n RTU Mode; PLC in 16-bit mode and M1161 = ON). 2. Write the data to be sent into registers st arting from D100 in advance. Write H12 (F orward running) into H2000 (VFD-B paramete r addre ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 325

    3. Instruction Set 3-209 3. The forward runni ng function of Delta’s VFD series inverter can also be set by handy instruction API 102 FWD i nstru ct ion through COM2/COM3 on PLC. Program Example 5: COM1 RS-232 1. Only 8-bit mode is supported. Comm unication format and speed are specifie d by lower 8 bits of D1036. 2. STX/ETX setting function (M1 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 326

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-210 Receving data: (External equipment → PLC) D1 20L D1 22L D1 23 L D124 L D125 L D1 26 L D121 L Regi ster s for r st arti n g from low er 8 bi ts of D120 eceived data, Le ngth = 7 Program Example 6: COM3 RS-485 1. Only 8-bit mode is supported. Comm unication format and speed are speci ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 327

    3. Instruction Set 3-21 1 Sending data: (PLC → External equipment) D 100L D 101L D 102L D 103L Sourc e dat a re giste r , st arti ng fr om low er 8 bi ts of D100 Length = 4 Receving data: (External equipment → PLC) D 120L D12 2L D123 L D 124L D 125L D1 26L D1 21 L Regi sters for r st arti ng from low er 8 bit s of D120 eceiv ed da ta, Length = ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 328

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-212 Flag Function Action M1314 COM1 Data receiving completed. When data re ceiving of communication instruction s is completed, M1314 will be ON. Users can process the re ceived data when M1314 is ON. When data processing is compl eted, M1314 has to be reset by users. Supported communica ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 329

    3. Instruction Set 3-213 Flag Function Action M1121 Data transmission ready. M1121 = OF F indicates that RS-485 in COM2 is transmitting System sets M1122 Sending request. Before executin g communication instructions, users need to set M1122 to ON by trigger pulse, so that the data sending and receiving will be star ted. When the communi cation is c ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 330

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-214 Flag Function Action M1131 In ASCII mode, M1131 = ON only when MODRD/ RDST/MODRW data is being converted to HEX. Supported communication instru ctions: MODRD / RDST / MODRW M1140 MODRD/MODWR/MODRW data receiving error Supported communication instru ctions: MODRD / MODWR / MODRW M1141 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 331

    3. Instruction Set 3-215 Special register Function D1070~D1085 Feedback data (ASCII) of Modbus com munication. When PLC’s RS-485 communication instruction re ce ives feedb ack signals, the data will be saved in the registers D1070 ~D1 085 and then converted into Hex in other registers. RS instruction is not supported. D1089~D1099 Sent data of Mod ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 332

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-216 Special register Function D1168 The specific end word to be detected for RS instructio n to execute an interruption request (I150) on COM2 (RS-485). Supported communication instru ction: RS D1256~D1295 For COM2 RS-485 MODRW instru cti on. D1256~D1295 store the sent data of MODRW inst ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 333

    3. Instruction Set 3-217 Flag Function Action M1319 COM3 data receiving error. M1319 will be set ON when errors occur and the error code will be stored in D1252 System sets, user resets Special register Function D1038 Delay time of data response wh en PLC is SLAVE in COM2, COM3 RS-485 communication, Range: 0~10,000. (unit: 0.1ms). By using EASY PLC ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 334

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-218 COM1 COM2 COM3 Function Description - D1125 - Definition of ETX1 (RS) - D1126 - Definition of ETX2 (RS) D1249 D1129 D1252 Communication timeout setting (ms) - D1122 - Residu al number of words of transmitting data - D1256 ~ D1295 - S tore the sent dat a of MODRW instru ction. - D1089 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 335

    3. Instruction Set 3-219 COM1 COM2 COM3 Function Description - M1141 - MODRD/MODWR/MO D RW parameter error (Exception Code exists in received data) Exception Code is stored in D1130 - M1142 - Data receiving error of VFD- A handy instructions (FWD/REV/STOP/RDST/RSTEF) - D1130 - COM2 (RS-485) Error code returning from Modbus communication 5. Communic ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 336

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-220 6. When RS instruction is applied for co mmunication between PLC and periphe ral devices on COM2 RS-485, usually STX (Start of the text ) and ETX (End of the text) have to be set into communication format. In this ca se, b8 ~10 of D 1120 should be set to 1, so that users can set up S ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 337

    3. Instruction Set 3-221 Va l u e Error Description H0005 Communication data le ngth error 9. Corresponding table between D1167~D1169 and the asso ciated interrupt pointers. (Only lower 8 bits are valid) COM Port I1 □0 interrupt Special D COM1 I140 D1 167 COM2 I150 D1 168 COM3 I160 D1 169 10. Take standard MODBUS format for example: ASCII mode Fi ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 338

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-222 ‘0’ ‘F’: toward the drive at address 15 ‘1’ ‘0’: toward the drive at address 16 … and so on, max. address: 254 (‘FE’) Function c ode: ‘0’ ‘3’: read content s from m ultiple registers ‘0’ ‘6’: write one word into a single regi ster ‘1’ ‘0’ ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 339

    3. Instruction Set 3-223 Field Name Descriptions Address Communication addre ss: n 8-bit binary Function Function code: n 8-bit binary DA T A (n-1) ……. DA T A 0 Data: n × 8-bit data CRC CHK Low CRC CHK High CRC checksum: 16-bit CRC consists of 2 8-bit binary data END Refer to the following explanation ST ART/END: RT U Ti m e o u t Ti m e r : B ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 340

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-224 Step 6: Repeat step 2 – 5 until the operati on of all the messages are completed. The final value obtained in the CRC register is the CRC c hecksum. Care should be taken when placing the LOW byte and HIGH byte of the obtained CRC checksum . Example : Read 2 continuous dat a stored ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 341

    3. Instruction Set 3-225 Timing diagram: SET M1 12 2 X0 RS ex ecut e s X 20 MODRD/RDST/MODRW da t a rec ei v in g/ c onv ert i ng co mp lete d M1 127 Coverti ng data of MODRD to hexa dec im al /RDST/MODRW M1 131 T ransmi ssi on r ead y M 1 121 Se nd i n g r eq ue s t M1 122 Receiv in g compl et ed M1 1 23 Re ce i v in g r ea dy M1 12 4 Com municat ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 342

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-226 API Mnemonic Operands Function 81 D PRUN P Parallel Run Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * D * * PRUN, PRUNP: 5 steps DPRUN, DPRUNP: 9 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/E ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 343

    3. Instruction Set 3-227 API Mnemonic Operands Function 82 ASCI P Convert Hex to ASCII Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * * * * * * D * * * * * * n * * ASCI, ASCIP: 7 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 344

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-228 4. When n = 4, the bit structure will be as: 00 00 00 0100 1000 11 01 23 D10 =01 23 H D20 D21 00 11 00 0100 1100 00 00 11 00 1100 1100 10 1 31H 0 30 H 3 33H 2 32 H high b yte low byte high b yte low byte 5. When n is 6, the bit structure will be as: 00 00 0 1 0 1 1 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 345

    3. Instruction Set 3-229 n D K9 K10 K1 1 K12 K13 K14 K15 K16 D20 low byte “B” “A” “9” “8” “F” “E” “D” “C” D20 high byte “4” “B” “A” “9” “8” “F” “E” “D” D21 low byte “5” “4” “B” “A” “9” “8” “F” “E” D21 high byte “6” “5” “4” “B” “A” “ ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 346

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-230 4. When n is 2, the bit structure will be as: 00 00 00 0 100 1000 11 01 23 D10 = 01 23 H 00 00 0 00 1100 0 00 00 00 1100 1 3 33 2 1 00 0 1 00 00 AS CII co de of "2" in D 2 0 is 32 H AS CII co de of "3" in D 2 1 is 33 H 5. When n is 4, the bit structure will be as: ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 347

    3. Instruction Set 3-231 n D K9 K10 K1 1 K12 K13 K14 K15 K16 D20 “B” “A” “9” “8” “F” “E” “D” “C” D21 “4” “B” “A” “9” “8” “F” “E” “D” D22 “5” “4” “B” “A” “9” “8” “F” “E” D23 “6” “5” “4” “B” “A” “9” “8” “F” D24 “7” “6? ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 348

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-232 PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Operands: S : Source device D : Destination d evice n : number of bytes to be converted ( n = 1~256) Explanations: 1. 16-bit conversion mode: When M1161 = OFF, the instruction conve rts n bytes o ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 349

    3. Instruction Set 3-233 4. When n = 4, the bit structure will be as: 01 00 1 0 1 1 1 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 001 1 0 1 0 101 10 0 0 10 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 11 10 1 11 CD E F D10 D20 D21 44H D 46H F 43H C 45H E 5. When n = 1 ~ 16: D n D13 D12 D1 1 D10 1 ***C H 2 **CD H 3 *CDE H 4 CDEF H 5 ***C H DEF8 H 6 **CD H EF89 H 7 *CDE H F89A H 8 CDEF H 89AB H 9 ***C H DEF ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 350

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-234 S ASCII code HEX conversion S ASCII code HEX conversion D24 H 38 “8” D29 H 35 “5” D30 H 36 “6” D33 H 31 “1” D31 H 37 “7” D34 H 32 “2” D32 H 30 “0” D35 H 33 “3” 3. When n is 2, the bit structure will be as 11 1 00 0 0 0 01 0 1 0 00 00 00 1 0 1 00 1 CD D ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 351

    3. Instruction Set 3-235 API Mnemonic Operands Function 84 CCD P Check Code Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * * * * D * * * * * n * * * CCD, CCDP: 7 step s PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Opera ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 352

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-236 Program Example 2: 1. M1161 = ON, 8-bit conversion. 2. When X0 = ON, 6 bytes from low byte of D0 to low byte of D5 will be summed up, and the checksum is stored in D100 w hile t he parity bits are stored in D101. X0 CCD D0 D100 K6 M100 0 M1 1 61 00 00 0 1 1 1 1 10 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 353

    3. Instruction Set 3-237 API Mnemonic Operands Function 85 VRRD P V olume Read Controllers ES2 EX2 SS2 SA2 SX2 SE Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * D * * * * * * VRRD, VRRDP: 5 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/ EX2 SS2 SA2 SX2 SE ES2/ EX2 SS2 SA2 SX2 SE ES2/ EX2 SS2 SA2 SX2 SE Operands: S : V ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 354

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-238 API Mnemonic Operands Function 86 VRSC P V olume Scale Read Controllers ES2 EX2 SS2 SA2 SX2 SE Bit Devices Word devices Program S tep s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * D * * * * * * VRSC, VRSCP: 5 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2 EX2 SS2 SA2 SX2 SE ES2 EX2 SS2 SA2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 355

    3. Instruction Set 3-239 API Mnemonic Operands Function 87 D ABS P Absolute V alue Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F D * * * * * *** ABS, ABSP: 3 steps DABS, DABSP: 5 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 356

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-240 API Mnemonic Operands Function 88 D PID PID control Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * S 2 * S 3 * D * PID : 9 steps DPID: 17 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 357

    3. Instruction Set 3-241 Point s to note: 1. There is no limitation on the times of using this instruction. Howev er, the regi ster No. designated in S 3 ~ S 3 +19 cannot be re peated. 2. For 16-bit instruction, S 3 occupies 2 0 reg isters. In t he program example above, the area designated in S 3 is D100 ~ D11 9. 3. Before the execution of PID ins ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 358

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-242 Device No. Function Setup Range Explanation 2: Reverse control (E = PV - SV). 3: Auto-tuning of parameter exclusively for the temperatu re control. The device will auto matically become K4 when the auto-tuning is completed and K P , K I and K D is set with appropriate value (not aval ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 359

    3. Instruction Set 3-243 Device No. Function Setup Range Explanation S 3 +10, 11 : Accumulated integral value Av ailable ra nge of 32-bit floating point The accumulated integral value is usually for referen ce. U se r s can clear or modify it (in 32-bit floating point) according to specific needs. S 3 +12: The previous PV -32,768~32,767 The previou ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 360

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-244 Device No. Function Set-point range Explanation S 3 +1: Proportional gain (K P ) 0~30,000(%) The proportion for magnifying/minifying the error between SV and PV . Integration gain (K I ) 0~30,000(%) The proportion for magnifying/minifying the integral value (The accumulated error). F ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 361

    3. Instruction Set 3-245 Device No. Function Set-point range Explanation S 3 +9, 10: Lower bound of output value (MV) , 32-bit -2,147,483,648 ~ 2,147,483,647 Ex: if S 3 +7 is set as -1,000, MV will be -1,000 when it is smaller than -1,000. S 3 +1 1, 12: Upper bound of integral value, 32-bit -2,147,483,648 ~ 2,147,483,647 Ex: if S 3 +8 is set as 1,0 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 362

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-246 y PID equation for control mode k0 ~k2: () () () S t PV K S t E K t E K MV D I P * 1 * * + + = where MV : Output value P K : Proprotional gain ( ) t E : Error value PV (t) : Present measured value SV (t) : T arget value D K : Derivative gain () S t PV : De rivative value of PV(t) I K ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 363

    3. Instruction Set 3-247 2. When control mode ( S 3 +4) is selected as K3 and K4: y The equation is exclusively for temperature control will be modified as: () () () ⎥ ⎦ ⎤ ⎢ ⎣ ⎡ + ⎟ ⎠ ⎞ ⎜ ⎝ ⎛ + = S t E K S t E K t E K MV D I P * 1 1 1 , where () () () t PV - t SV t E = y Control diagram: In diagram below, 1/K I and 1/K P ref ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 364

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-248 Where () () () t PV - t SV t E = y Control diagram: G(s) S 1/S 1/ T I T D + + + PID operation is within dott ed area P + K Notes and suggestion: 1. S 3 + 3 can only be the value within 0 ~ 30,000. 2. There are a lot of circumst ances where PID instruction can be applied; therefore, p ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 365

    3. Instruction Set 3-249 Example 2: Block diagram of applicati on on AC motor drive ( S 3 +4 = 0) PID S+MV Spee d i n str uct i on (S) Acceler ation/ decel erati on instruction (SV) Acceler ati on/decel erati on output (MV) Actual acceleration/ deceleration sp eed (PV = S - P) AC motor drive Speed detect ion device (P) Example 3: Block diagram of a ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 366

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-250 Step 2: When K P is 40, response overshoot occurs, so we wil l not select it. When K P is 20, PV response is close to SV and won’t overshoot, but transient MV will be to large due to a fast start-up. W e can put it as ide and observe if there are better curves. When K P is 10, PV r ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 367

    3. Instruction Set 3-251 PID MV D5 SV PV D1 D1 1 10 0 51 1 0 51 1 0V 10V 0rpm rpm 3000 D1 1 16 0 255 0V 5V Wa v e A Wave B pres sure meter Pr es s ur e SV ( D0) Se t v alu e ram p up MV conv erted to speed Vo l t a g e conv erted to SV Sp ee d conv erted to vol tage AC mo tor driv e 280 0 0 28 0 25 0 20 0 15 0 10 0 50 t t SV SV Wa v e A Wa v e B D2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 368

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-252 Application 2: S peed control system and pressure control system work individually (use diagram of Example 2) Control purpose: After the speed control op erates in open loop for a period of time, adding pressure control system (PID inst ru ction) to perform a close loo p control. Con ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 369

    3. Instruction Set 3-253 Application 3: Using auto-tuning for temperatu re control Control purpose: Calculating optimal parameter of PID instruction for t empe rature control Control properties: Users may not be familiar with a new temper ature environment. In this case, selecting auto-tuning ( S 3 +4 = K3) for an initial adj ustment i s suggested. ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 370

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-254 Results of initial auto-tuni ng Auto tu ning a rea S 3 +4 = k3 PID control area S 3 +4 = k4 Auto tu ning a rea S 3 +4 = k3 PID control area S 3 +4 = k4 Results of using adjusted p aram eters ge nerated by initial auto-tuning function. ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 371

    3. Instruction Set 3-255 From the figure above, we can se e that the tempe r ature control af te r auto-tunin g is working fine and it spent only approximately 20 minutes for the control. Next, we modify the t arget temperature from 80°C to 100°C and obt ain the result below . From the result above, we can see that when t he parameter is 100 °C, ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 372

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-256 API Mnemonic Operands Function 89 PLS Rising-edge output Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * PLS: 3 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 373

    3. Instruction Set 3-257 API Mnemonic Operands Function 90 LDP Rising–edge detection operation Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * * * LDP: 3 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Operands: S : ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 374

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-258 API Mnemonic Opera nds Function 91 LDF Falling–edge detection ope ration Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * * * LDF: 3 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 375

    3. Instruction Set 3-259 API Mnemonic Operands Function 92 ANDP Rising-edge series conne ct ion Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * * * ANDP: 3 step s PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Operands: S ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 376

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-260 API Mnemonic Operands Function 93 ANDF Falling-edge series connection Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * * * ANDF: 3 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 377

    3. Instruction Set 3-261 API Mnemonic Operands Function 94 ORP Rising-edge parallel connection Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * * * ORP: 3 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Operands: S : r ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 378

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-262 API Mnemonic Operands Function 95 ORF Falling-edge parallel connection Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * * * ORF: 3 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 379

    3. Instruction Set 3-263 API Mnemonic Operands Function 96 TMR Ti m e r Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * S 2 * * TMR: 5 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Operands: S 1 : No. of timer (T0~T255) ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 380

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-264 API Mnemonic Operands Function 97 CNT 16-bit counter Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * S 2 * * CNT : 5 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 S ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 381

    3. Instruction Set 3-265 API Mnemonic Operands Function 97 DCNT 32-bit counter Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * S 2 * * DCNT : 9 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Operands: S 1 : No. of 32-bit ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 382

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-266 API Mnemonic Operands Function 98 INV - Invers e operation Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 OP Descriptions Program Step s N/A Invert the current result of the internal PLC operations INV : 1 step PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 383

    3. Instruction Set 3-267 API Mnemonic Operands Function 99 PLF Falling-edge output Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * PLF: 3 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Operands: S : Falling pulse output ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 384

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-268 API Mnemonic Operands Function 100 MODRD Re ad Modbus Da ta Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * S 2 * * * n * * * MODRD: 7 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 385

    3. Instruction Set 3-269 Program Example 1: Communication between P LC and VFD-B series AC motor drives (ASCII Mode, M1 143 = OFF) MOV D1 120 H87 M100 2 SET M1 120 M1 127 R ec eiv ing completed Set communicat ion prot ocol as 9600, 8, E, 1 Retain communi c ati on pr ot ocol Set receivi ng ti me-ou t as 100ms Process ing receiv ed data Reset M1 12 7 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 386

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-270 Registers for received dat a (responding messag es) Register Dat a Descriptions D1070 low byte ‘0’ 30 H ADR 1 D1070 high byte ‘1’ 31 H ADR 0 D1071 low byte ‘0’ 30 H CMD 1 D1071 high byte ‘3’ 33 H CMD 0 D1072 low byte ‘0’ 30 H D1072 high byte ‘C’ 43 H Number of ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 387

    3. Instruction Set 3-271 Program Example 2: Communication between P LC and VFD-B series AC motor drive (RTU Mode, M1 143= ON) MOV D1 120 H8 7 M100 2 SET M1 1 20 MOV D1 129 K100 M1 1 27 R ec eiv ing comple ted Set communi ca tion prot oc ol as 9600, 8, E, 1 Retai n communic ati o n prot ocol Set t r eceiv ing ti meout a s 100ms Proc essing r eceived ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 388

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-272 Register Dat a Descriptions D1077 low byte FE H CRC CHK Low D1078 low byte 5C H CRC CHK High Program Example 3: 1. In the communication between PLC and VFD-B series AC motor dri v e (ASCII Mode, M1143 = OFF), executes Retry when communi cation time-out, data receiving error or parame ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 389

    3. Instruction Set 3-273 API Mnemonic Operands Function 101 MODWR Write Modbus Data Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * S 2 * * * n * * * MODWR: 7 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Operands: ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 390

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-274 Program Example 1: Communication between P LC and VFD-B series AC motor drives (ASCII Mode, M1 143 = OFF) MOV D1 120 H87 M100 2 SET M1 120 M1 127 RS T M1 1 27 R ec eiv ing comp leted Set communicat ion prot ocol as 9600, 8, E, 1 Retain communicati on prot ocol Set r eceivi ng timeo u ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 391

    3. Instruction Set 3-275 Registers for received dat a (responding messag es) Register Dat a Descriptions D1070 low ‘0’ 30 H ADR 1 D1070 high ‘1’ 31 H ADR 0 D1071 low ‘0’ 30 H CMD 1 D1071 high ‘6’ 36 H CMD 0 D1072 low ‘0’ 30 H D1072 high ‘1’ 31 H D1073 low ‘0’ 30 H D1073 high ‘0’ 30 H Data address D1074 low ‘1’ 31 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 392

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-276 Registers for dat a to be sent (sending messages) Register Dat a Descriptions D1089 low 01 H Address of AC motor drive D1090 low 06 H Command code of AC motor drive D1091 low 20 H D1092 low 00 H Data address D1093 low 00 H D1094 low 12 H Data content D1095 low 02 H CRC CHK Low D1096 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 393

    3. Instruction Set 3-277 Program Example 3: 1. In the communication between PLC and VFD-B series AC motor dri v e (ASCII Mode, M1143 = OFF), executes Retry when communi cation time-out, data receiving error or parameter error occurs 2. When X0 = ON, PLC will write data H1770 (K6000) into addres s H0100 in d evice 01 (VFD-B). 3. M1129 will be ON whe ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 394

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-278 API Mnemonic Operands Function 102 FWD Forward Operation of VFD Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * S 2 * * * n * * * FWD: 7 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 395

    3. Instruction Set 3-279 5. If rising-edge (LDP, ANDP, ORP) or falling- edge (LDF, ANDF, ORF) conta cts are used before FWD, REV, STOP instructions, sending requ es t flags M1122 (COM2) / M1316 (COM3) h as to be enabled in advance for obtaining correct ope ration. 6. For detailed information of asso ciated flags and special registers, please refe r ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 396

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-280 Registers for dat a to be sent (sending messages) Register Data Des criptions D1089 low ‘C’ 43 H Header of control string D1090 low ‘ ♥ ’ 03 H Checksum D1091 low ‘ ☺ ’ 01 H Command acknowle dgem ent (communication mode ) D1092 low ‘0’ 30 H D1093 low ‘0’ 30 H D ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 397

    3. Instruction Set 3-281  In STOP instruction: operand n is reserved. d) When Forward JOG is selected in FWR i nstruction, set value in S 2 is invalid. If users need to modify the JOG frequency, plea se refe r to manuals of specific VFDs. Program Example: COM2 (RS-485) Communication between P LC an d VFD-B series inverter (ASCII Mode, M1 143 = O ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 398

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-282 ‘0’ 30 H ‘4’ 34 H Byte Count ‘0’ 30H ‘0’ 30 H ‘1’ 31 H ‘2’ 32 H Data content 1 H1: forward operatio n ‘0’ 30 H ‘1’ 31 H ‘F’ 46 H ‘4’ 34 H Data content 2 Operation frequen cy = K5 00Hz H01F4 ‘C’ 43 H LRC CHK 1 ‘2’ 32 H LRC CHK 0 Err or c ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 399

    3. Instruction Set 3-283 API Mnemonic Operands Function 105 RDST Read VFD S tatus Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * n * * * RDST : 5 step s PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Operands: S : Device ad ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 400

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-284 Feedback Explanation Data storage N format. D1076 low A D1077 low B D1078 low C D1079 lo w D Retrieved sta t us co ntent. The content of ”ABCD” dif fers according to value 00~03 set in NN. 00 ~ 03 indi cate s frequency , current and operation mo de resp ectively . Please refer to ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 401

    3. Instruction Set 3-285 a) Range of S 1 : K1 ~ K255 b) The instruction will read VFD status at parameter ad d ress 2100H~2104H (Please refer to user manual of specific VFD for details.) and store t he feedb ack data in D1070~D1074. However, the content in D1070~D1074 will not be u pdated when receiving error or timeout occurs. Therefor e, please c ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 402

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-286 Dat a Descriptions ‘0’ 30 H ‘0’ 30 H ‘0’ 30 H ‘5’ 35 H Number of data (count by word) ‘D’ 44 H LRC CHK 1 ‘6’ 36 H LRC CHK 0 Error checksum: LRC CHK (0,1) Received dat a (responding message s) Dat a Descriptions ‘0’ 30 H ADR 1 ‘1’ 31 H ADR 0 ‘0’ 30 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 403

    3. Instruction Set 3-287 API Mnemonic Operands Function 106 RSTEF Reset Abnormal VFD Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * n * * * RSTEF: 5 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Operands: S : Address ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 404

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-288 M10 02 MO V H8 6 D1 120 SET M1 1 20 MOV K1 00 D1 1 2 9 RS T M1 127 M1 1 27 X0 RS TEF K1 K0 SET M1 12 2 M1 1 29 X0 Pr oces si ng rece i ved data Recei vi ng comp let ed Communication in struct ion sett ing: Device address: 1 K0: Rese rved Se t up commu ni ca ti o n p rot o co l as 960 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 405

    3. Instruction Set 3-289 Received dat a (responding message s) Dat a Descriptions ‘0’ 30 H ADR 1 ‘1’ 31 H ADR 0 ‘0’ 30 H CMD 1 ‘6’ 36 H CMD 0 ‘2’ 32 H ‘0’ 30 H ‘0’ 30 H ‘2’ 32 H Data address ‘0’ 30 H ‘0’ 30 H ‘0’ 30 H ‘2’ 32 H Data content ‘D’ 44 H LRC CHK 1 ‘5’ 35 H LRC CHK 0 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 406

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-290 API Mnemonic Operands Function 107 LRC P LRC checksum Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * n * * * D * LRC, LRCP: 7 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/E ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 407

    3. Instruction Set 3-291 Program Example: Connect PLC to VFD series AC motor drive (ASCII mode, M1 143 = OFF), (8-bit mode, M1 161 = ON), Write the dat a to be sent into registers st arting from D100 in advance for rea ding 6 data from address H0708 on VFD. MOV D1 120 H86 M1002 SET M1 120 SET M1 122 MOV D1 129 K100 X10 M1 123 RS T M1 1 23 RS D100 K ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 408

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-292 LRC checksum: 01 H + 03 H + 07 H + 08 H + 00 H + 06 H = 19 H. Operate 2’s complem ent on 19H and the result is E7H. Store ‘E’(45 H) in the low byte of D113 and ‘7’ (37 H) in the low byte of D11 4. Remarks: ASCII mode communication data: STX ‘: ’ S tart word = ‘: ’ ( ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 409

    3. Instruction Set 3-293 API Mnemonic Operands Function 108 CRC P CRC check su m Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * n * * * D * CRC, CRCP: 7 step s PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Operands: S : S tart ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 410

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-294 Program Example: Connect PLC to VFD series AC motor drive (RT U mode, M1 143 = ON), (8-bit mode, M1 161 = ON), Write the dat a to be sent (H 1770) into address H0706 on VFD. M100 2 MOV H86 D1 12 0 SET M1 1 20 Send ing re ques t pu lse W r i t e d a t a t o b e s en t i n a d v a n c ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 411

    3. Instruction Set 3-295 API Mnemonic Operands Function 1 10 D ECMP P Floating point compare Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * S 2 * * * D * * * DECMP , DECMPP: 13 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 412

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-296 API Mnemonic Operands Function 111 D EZCP P Floating point zone compa re Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program S tep s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * S 2 * * * S * * * D * * * DEZCP , DEZCPP: 17 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 413

    3. Instruction Set 3-297 API Mnemonic Operands Function 1 12 D MOVR P Move floating point data Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S D * * * * * * DMOVR, DMOVRP: 9 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Oper ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 414

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-298 API Mnemonic Operands Function 1 16 D RAD P Degree  Radian Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices W ord devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * D * DRAD, DRADP: 9 step s PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 415

    3. Instruction Set 3-299 API Mnemonic Operands Function 1 17 D DEG P Radian  De gree Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices W ord devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * D * DDEG , DDEGP: 9 step s PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Operands: S : ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 416

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-300 API Mnemonic Operands Function 1 18 D EBCD P Float to scientific conversion Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * D * DEBCD, DEBCDP: 9 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 417

    3. Instruction Set 3-301 API Mnemonic Operands Function 1 19 D EBIN P Scientific to float conversion Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program S tep s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * D * DEBIN, DEBINP: 9 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Opera ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 418

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-302 K314 MOVP X0 D0 D0 DE BIN D2 K-2 MOVP D1 K 3 1 4 D0 [D 1 ] K - 2 D 1 [D 0 ] 314 x10 ( D 1 D 0 ) ( D 3 D 2 ) , , 314 x1 0 -2 Bi nary Floa ting P oint ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 419

    3. Instruction Set 3-303 API Mnemonic Operands Function 120 D EADD P Floating point addition Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program S te ps Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * S 2 * * * D * DEADD, DEADDP: 13 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 420

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-304 API Mnemonic Operands Function 121 D ESUB P Floating point subtraction Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program S te ps Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * S 2 * * * D * DESUB, DESUBP: 13 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 421

    3. Instruction Set 3-305 API Mnemonic Operands Function 122 D EMUL P Floating point multiplication Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program S te ps Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * S 2 * * * D * DEMUL, DEMULP: 13 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 S ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 422

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-306 API Mnemonic Operands Function 123 D EDIV P Floating point division Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program S te ps Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * S 2 * * * D * DEADD, DEADDP: 13 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 E ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 423

    3. Instruction Set 3-307 API Mnemonic Operands Function 124 D EXP P Float exponent operation Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices W ord devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * D * DEXP , DEXPP: 9 s teps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Operands: ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 424

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-308 API Mnemonic Operands Function 125 D LN P Float natural logarithm operation Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices W ord devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * D * DLN, DLNP: 9 step s PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 S ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 425

    3. Instruction Set 3-309 API Mnemonic Operands Function 126 D LOG P Float logarithm operation Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices W ord devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * S 2 * * * D * DLOG , DLOGP: 13 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 426

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-310 M0 RST M1 081 M1 M2 DE BCD D2 0 D3 0 DFLT D0 D1 0 D2 D12 DLO G D1 0 D1 2 D2 0 DFLT ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 427

    3. Instruction Set 3-31 1 API Mnemonic Operands Function 127 D ESQR P Floating point square root Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program S te ps Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * D * DESQR, DESQRP: 9 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Opera ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 428

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-312 API Mnemonic Operands Function 128 D POW P Floating point power operation Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program S te ps Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * S 2 * * * D * DPOW , DPOWP: 13 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 429

    3. Instruction Set 3-313 M0 RS T M1 081 M1 D10 D1 2 M2 DEB CD D20 D30 D2 D12 D20 DP OW DFL T DFLT D0 D10 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 430

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-314 API Mnemonic Operands Function 129 D INT P Float to integer Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices W ord devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * D * * * INT , INTP: 5 steps DINT , DINTP: 9 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 431

    3. Instruction Set 3-315 API Mnemonic Operands Function 130 D SIN P Sine Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices W ord devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * D * DSIN, DSINP: 9 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Operands: S : Source device (0 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 432

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-316 Program Example 2: M1018 = OFF , radian mode. Select the degree val ue from input s X0 and X1 and convert it to RAD value for further sine operat i on. D10 FL T M100 0 D14 K31415926 K1800000000 D20 D14 D4 0 K30 MOVP X0 D10 K60 X1 D10 D50 D40 DED IV DSI N D20 MOVP DEMU L ( K 3 0 D1 0 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 433

    3. Instruction Set 3-317 API Mnemonic Operands Function 131 D COS P Cosine Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices W ord devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * D * DCOS, DCOSP: 9 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Operands: S : Source device ( ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 434

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-318 Program Example 2: M1018 = ON, degree mode. When X0 = ON, DCOS instruction performs cosine operation on the degree value (0° degre e ≦ ＜ 360°) in (D1, D0) and stores the COS value in (D1 1, D10) in binary floating format.. M100 2 SET M 101 8 X0 DCO S D0 D1 0 D 1 D 0 D 11 D 1 0 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 435

    3. Instruction Set 3-319 API Mnemonic Operands Function 132 D T AN P T angent Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices W ord devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * D * DT AN, DT ANP: 9 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Operands: S : Source dev ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 436

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-320 D1 D0 D1 1 D10 TA N v a l u e bin ary flo ati ng po in t bin ary flo ati ng po in t RAD value( degre e x / 1 80) π Program Example 2: M1018 = ON, degree mod e. When X0 = ON, DT AN instruction perf orms tangent operation on t he degree value (0° degre e ≦ ＜ 360°) in (D1, D0) an ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 437

    3. Instruction Set 3-321 API Mnemonic Operands Function 133 D ASIN P Arc Sine Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program S tep s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * D * DASIN, DASINP: 9 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Operands: S : Source dev ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 438

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-322 D1 D0 D1 1 D1 0 ASIN val ue Bin ary floating point bina ry floa ting poi nt ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 439

    3. Instruction Set 3-323 API Mnemonic Operands Function 134 D ACOS P Arc Cosine Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program S te ps Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * D * DACOS, DACOSP: 9 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Operands: S : Source d ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 440

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-324 D1 D0 D1 1 D1 0 AC OS va lu e Bin ary fl oati ng point bina ry floa ting poi nt ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 441

    3. Instruction Set 3-325 API Mnemonic Operands Function 135 D A T AN P Arc T angent Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program S te ps Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * D * DA T AN, DA T ANP: 9 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Operands: S : ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 442

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-326 API Mnemonic Operands Function 143 DELA Y P Delay Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program S tep s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * DELA Y , DELA YP: 3 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 443

    3. Instruction Set 3-327 API Mnemonic Operands Function 144 GPWM General PWM output Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices W ord devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * S 2 * D * * * GPWM: 7 step s PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Operands: S 1 : Wi ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 444

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-328 API Mnemonic Operands Function 147 D SW AP P Byte swap Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * * *** SW AP , SW APP: 3 steps DSW AP , DSWAPP: 5 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 445

    3. Instruction Set 3-329 API Mnemonic Operands Function 148 MEMR P Reading the dat a from the file register Controllers ES2/ EX2 SS2 SA2 SX2 SE Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F m * * * D * n * * * 7 steps The 32-bit instruction and DVP-SS2 are not supported. PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/ EX2 SS2 SA2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 446

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-330 API Mnemonic Operands Function 149 MEMW P Writing the dat a into the file register Controllers ES2/ EX2 SS2 SA2 SX2 SE Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * m * * * n * * * 7 steps The 32-bit instruction and DVP-SS2 are not suppor ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 447

    3. Instruction Set 3-331 API Mnemonic Opera nds Function 150 MODRW MODB US Read/ Write Controllers ES2/EX2 SA2 SE SA2 SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program S te ps Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * S 2 * * * S 3 * * * S * n * * * MODR W: 1 1 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 S ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 448

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-332 COM2 sends the function code of reading(K2/K3) , the registers from S directly receive the data string and stored the converted data in D1296~D1311. Please refer to program example 1 and 3 for further explanation. Whe n COM1 or COM3 sends the function co de of reading(K2/K3), the reg ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 449

    3. Instruction Set 3-333 3. In ASCII or RTU mode, when PLC’s COM2 sends out data, the data will be stored in D1256~D1295. The feedback data will be stored in registers starting with S and converted into D1296~D1311 in Hex automatically. 4. Take the connection between PLC1 (PLC COM2) and PLC2(PLC CO M1) fo r example, the tables below explains the ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 450

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-334 Register Data Descriptions D1260 Low ‘0’ 30 H D1260 High ‘0’ 30 H D1261 Low ‘1’ 31 H D1261 High ‘0’ 30 H Number of Data(count by bit) D1262 Low ‘E’ 45 H LRC CHK 1 D1262 High ‘8’ 38 H LRC CHK 0 Checksum: LRC CHK (0,1) Registers for received dat a (responding me ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 451

    3. Instruction Set 3-335 Register Data Descriptions D1260 Low 00 H D1261 Low 10 H Number of Data (count by word) D1262 Low 79 H CRC CHK Low D1263 Low 0A H CRC CHK High Registers for received dat a (responding messag es) Register Dat a Descriptions D0 1234 H PLC stores the value 1234H into D1296 D1 Low 02 H Function D2 Low 02 H Number of Data (Byte) ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 452

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-336 H87 MO V M1 00 2 D 110 9 SET M1 13 6 K1 00 MO V D1 2 5 2 MODRW K2 K1 X0 H0500 D0 K16 C o nn e c t i on d e v i c e ad dr ess: K1 Funct i on c o de: K2 read m u l t ipl e bits Dat a addr e s s: Y0= H0 500 D a t a s t o r i n g r e g i s t e r Dat a len gth (b it ) SET X0 M1 31 6 M13 2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 453

    3. Instruction Set 3-337 PLC data re ceiving regi ster: Register Dat a Descriptions D0 1234 H PLC convert s the data in address 050 0 H ~ 0515H and stores the converted data automatical ly . Analysis of the read st atu s of PLC2 Y0~Y17: 1234H Device S tatus Device S tatus Device S tatus Device S tatus Y0 OFF Y1 OFF Y2 ON Y3 OFF Y4 ON Y5 ON Y6 OFF Y ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 454

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-338 3. Take the connection between PLC (PLC COM2 ) and VFD-B for e xample, the tables below explains the status when PLC reads stat us of VFD-B. (M1143 = OFF, ASCII Mode) (M1143 = ON, RTU Mode) H87 MOV M100 2 D1 12 0 SET M1 1 20 K100 MOV D1 12 9 RS T M1 1 27 Set communication prot ocol a ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 455

    3. Instruction Set 3-339 Register Data Descriptions D1260 Low byte ‘0’ 30 H D1260 High byte ‘0’ 30 H D1261 Low byte ‘0’ 30 H D1261 High byte ‘6’ 36 H Number of data (count by word) D1262 Low byte ‘D’ 44 H LRC CHK 1 D1262 High byte ‘5’ 35 H LRC CHK 0 Checksum: LRC CHK (0,1 ) Registers for received dat a (responding messag es) ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 456

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-340 Register Data Descriptions D12 low byte ‘3’ 33 H D12 high byte ‘6’ 36 H address H2104 PLC COM2 automatically converts ASCII codes to hex and stores the converted value in D1300 D13 low byte ‘0’ 30 H D13 high byte ‘0’ 30 H D14 low byte ‘0’ 30 H D14 high byte ‘0? ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 457

    3. Instruction Set 3-341 Register Dat a Descriptions D6 low byte 03 H address H2101 PLC COM2 automatically store the value in D1297 D7 low byte 0B H D8 low byte B8 H Content of address H2102 0BB8 H PLC COM2 automatically stores the value in D1298 D9 low byte 0B H D10 low byte B8 H Content of address H2103 0BB8 H PLC COM2 automatically store the val ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 458

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-342 H8 7 MO V M1 00 2 D1 1 0 9 SET M1 13 6 K1 00 MO V D1 2 5 2 MO DR W K3 K1 X0 H2 1 0 0 D0 K6 Con nect i o n devi ce ad d r ess: K1 Funct ion c ode: Read mult i pl e wor ds K 3 Data a dd re ss: H210 0 D a t a s t or i n g r e g i s t e r Da ta l e n g th( wo r d ) SET X0 M1 31 6 M1320 = ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 459

    3. Instruction Set 3-343 Register Dat a Descriptions D5 0000 H PLC convert s ASCII codes in 2105 H and stores the converted data automatically . RTU mode (COM3: M13 2 0 = ON COM1: M1139 = ON): When X0 = ON, MODR W instruction executes the function specifi ed by Functio n Code 03 PLC Ö VFD-B, PLC sends: ” 01 03 2100 0006 CF F4 ” VFD-B Ö PLC, P ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 460

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-344 H87 MO V M1 00 2 D1 1 2 0 SET M1 12 0 K1 00 MO V D 112 9 RST M1 12 7 MO DR W K5 K1 X0 H0 5 0 0 D 0 K1 Funct i on Code K 5 : Force ON/ O F F bi t device Res e rved Force ON st at us (S et F F 00H) M1 12 7 SET X0 M1 12 2 RST M1 14 3 SET M1 14 3 Con nect i o n de vi ce ad dress: K1 D a ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 461

    3. Instruction Set 3-345 Registers for received dat a (responding messag es) Register Data Descriptions D1070 low byte ‘0’ 30 H ADR 1 D1070 high byte ‘1’ 31 H ADR 0 D1071 low byte ‘0’ 30 H CMD 1 D1071 high byte ‘5’ 35H CMD 0 D1072 low byte ‘0’ 30 H D1072 high byte ‘5’ 35 H D1073 low byte ‘0’ 30 H D1073 high byte ‘0’ ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 462

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-346 Register Data Descriptions D1074 Low byte FF H D1075 Low byte 00 H Data content (ON = FF0 0H) D1076 Low byte 8C H CRC CHK Lo w D1077 Low byte F6 H CRC C HK Hi gh Program example 6: COM1(RS-232) / COM3 (RS-4 85), Function Code H05 1. Function Code K5 (H05): Force ON/OFF bit device. 2. ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 463

    3. Instruction Set 3-347 ASCII mode (COM3: M1320 = OFF, COM1: M1139 = OFF ): When X0 = ON, MODR W instruction executes the function specifi ed by Functio n Code 05 PLC1 Ö PLC2, PLC sends: “ 01 05 0500 FF00 6F ” PLC2 Ö PLC1, PLC receives: “ 01 05 0500 FF00 6F ” (No data p ro cessing on received data ) RTU mode (C OM3: M1320 = ON, COM1: M1 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 464

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-348 ASCII mode (M1143 = OFF) When X0 = ON, MODR W instruction executes the function specifi ed by Functio n Code 06 PLC Ö VFD-B, PLC sends: “01 06 2000 1770 52” VFD-B Ö PLC, PLC receives: “01 06 2000 1770 52” Registers for dat a to be sent (sending messages) Register Dat a Desc ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 465

    3. Instruction Set 3-349 RTU mode (M1143 = ON) When X0 = ON, MODR W instruction executes the function specifi ed by Functio n Code 06 PLC Ö VFD-B, PLC sends: “01 06 2000 1770 8C 1E” VFD-B → PLC, PLC receives: “ 01 06 2000 1770 8C 1E ” Registers for dat a to be sent (sending messages) Register Dat a Descriptions D1256 Low byte 01 H Addres ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 466

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-350 5. M1316 → M1312: sending request 6. M1318 → M1314: receiving compl eted flag H8 7 MO V M1 00 2 D 110 9 SET M1 13 6 K1 00 MO V D1 2 5 2 MO DR W K6 K1 X0 H2000 D5 0 K1 Connec tion device addres s: K 1 Funct i on c ode: K6 Write in s in gl e Word data Dat a addr ess : H2000 Dat a r ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 467

    3. Instruction Set 3-351 4. Take the connection between PLC1 (PLC CO M2) and PLC2 (PLC CO M1) fo r example, the tables below explain the status when PLC1 force O N/ OFF Y0~Y17 of PLC2. Set value: K4Y0=1234H Device S tatus Device S tatus Device S tatus Device S tatus Y0 OFF Y1 OFF Y2 ON Y3 OFF Y4 ON Y5 ON Y6 OFF Y7 OFF Y10 OFF Y1 1 ON Y12 OFF Y13 OF ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 468

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-352 Register Data Descriptions D1260 下 ‘0’ 30 H D1260 上 ‘0’ 30 H D1261 下 ‘1’ 31H D1261 上 ‘0’ 30 H Number of Data (count by bit) D1262 下 ‘0’ 30 H D1262 上 ‘2’ 32 H Byte Count D1263 下 ‘3’ 33 H D1263 上 ‘4’ 46 H D1264 下 ‘1’ 33 H D1264 上 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 469

    3. Instruction Set 3-353 Registers for data to be sent (sending messages) Register Data Descriptions D1256 下 01 H Address D1257 下 0F H Function D1258 下 05 H D1259 下 00 H Data Address D1260 下 00 H D1261 下 10 H Number of Data(count by bit) D1262 下 02 H Byte Count D1263 下 34 H Dat a content 1 Content of D0: H34 D1264 下 12 H Dat a con ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 470

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-354 3. D1252 → D1249: Set value for data recei ving timeout 4. M1320 → M1139: ASCII/RTU mode selection 5. M1316 → M1312: sending request 6. M1318 → M1314: receiving compl eted flag H87 MOV M100 2 D1 10 9 SET M1 136 K100 MOV D1 252 Set communic ation prot ocol as 9600, 8, E, 1 Ret ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 471

    3. Instruction Set 3-355 Program Example 1 1: COM2 (RS-485), Function Code H10 1. Function code K16 (H10): Write in multiple Word dev ices. Up to 16 Words can be written. Fo r PLC COM2 ASCII mode, only 8 words can be written. 2. For ASCII or RTU mode, PLC COM2 stores the data to be se nt in D1256~D1295, and the received data in D1070~D1085. 3. Take ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 472

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-356 Register Dat a Descriptions D1258 High byte ‘0’ 30 H D1259 Low byte ‘0’ 30 H D1259 High byte ‘0’ 30 H D1260 Low byte ‘0’ 30 H D1260 High byte ‘0’ 30 H D1261 Low byte ‘0’ 30 H D1261 High byte ‘2’ 32 H Number of Register D1262 Low byte ‘0’ 30 H D1262 Hig ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 473

    3. Instruction Set 3-357 PLC Ö VFD-B,PLC transmit s: “01 10 2000 0002 04 1770 0012 EE 0C” VFD-B Ö PLC, PLC receives: ”01 10 2000 0002 4A0 8 ” Registers for data to be sent (sending messages) Register Dat a Descriptions D1256 Low byte 01 H Address D1257 Low byte 10 H Function D1258 Low byte 20 H D1259 Low byte 00 H Data Address D1260 Low b ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 474

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-358 2. M1136 → M1138: retain communi cation setting 3. D1252 → D1249: Set value for data recei ving timeout 4. M1320 → M1139: ASCII/RTU mode selection 5. M1316 → M1312: sending request 6. M1318 → M1314: receiving compl eted flag H87 MO V M1 00 2 D 110 9 SET M1 13 6 K1 0 0 MO V ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 475

    3. Instruction Set 3-359 API Mnemonic Operands Function 154 D RAND P Random number Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * * * * * * *** S 2 * * * * * * * * *** D * * * * * *** RAND, RANDP: 7 steps DRAND, DRANDP: 13 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 476

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-360 API Mnemonic Operands Function 155 D ABSR Absolute position read Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices W ord devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * D 1 * * * D 2 * * * * * ** DABSR: 13 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 477

    3. Instruction Set 3-361 6. Please use NO contact as the drive contact of DABSR ins truction. If the drive contact is OFF during the execution of DABSR, the instruction will be stoppe d and errors will occur on read data. 7. If the drive contact of DABSR instruction turns OFF after the instruction is completed, the servo ON (SON) signal co nne cted ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 478

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-362 4. When DABSR instruciton executes, servo ON (SON) and ABS data transmission mode are driven for output. 5. By “transmission ready” and “ABS request” signals, users can confi rm the transmitting and receiving status of both sides as well as proc essing the transmission of the ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 479

    3. Instruction Set 3-363 API Mnemonic Operands Function 156 D ZRN Zero return Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word Devices Program S te p s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * * * * **** S 2 * * * * * * **** S 3 * D * DZRN: 17 ste p s PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 480

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-364 4. When D is sp ecified as Y0, its direction signal outp ut is Y1; when D is specified as Y2, its direction signal output is Y3. 5. When pulse output reaches zero point, pulse output execution com pleted flag M1029 (CH0), M1102 (CH1) is ON and the register in dicating current positio ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 481

    3. Instruction Set 3-365 Output i n reverse OFF ON End flag M102 9/M1 1 02 DOG switch: X4/X6 Freq. Ta r g e t f r e q . JOG f req. Ti me Sta rt M e e t D O G s w i t c h D O G s w i t c h O F F ON OFF State 2: DOG switch is ON, pulse output in reverse, limit switch disabled. Off On On Off Output in reverse End fl ag M102 9/M1 1 02 DOG swit ch: X4 / ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 482

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-366 Off On On Off On Limi t swi tch X5/X7 Limi t swi tch ON Off Re ve r s e out pu t End fl ag M102 9/ M1 1 02 DOG sw itch : X4/X 6 Freq. Ta r g e t f r e q . JOG fr eq. Ti m e Star t DOG swi tc h ON DOG swi tc h OFF Rev e r s e out pu t Forward out pu t Limi t swi tch OFF State 4: Curre ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 483

    3. Instruction Set 3-367 State 5: Current position at right side of zero point, D1312=-2, M1308=Off, M1346=On. T a rg et s p eed Ti me Fr eq. X4 Sta r t Me et D OG Left D OG On Of f Jog s pe ed On Of f M1 0 2 9 Y4 Of f On X2 2 nd Z p has e in T a rg et s p eed Ti me Fr eq. X4 Sta r t Me et D OG Left D OG On Of f Jog s pe ed On Of f M1 0 2 9 Y4 Of f ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 484

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-368 Program Example 2: When M0 = ON, Y0 pulse output executes zero return with a frequency of 20kHz. When it reaches the DOG switch, X4 = ON and the freque ncy changes to JOG frequency of 1kHz. When X4 = OFF , it seeks the second X2(Z-pha se ) pulse input (right-edge trigg er sig nal), a ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 485

    3. Instruction Set 3-369 API Mnemonic Operands Function 157 D PLSV Adjusta ble S peed Pulse Output Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word Devices Program S te p s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * * * **** * D 1 * D 2 * * * PLSV : 7 steps DPLSV : 13 step s PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 486

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-370 API Mnemonic Operands Function 158 D DRVI Relative Pos ition Control Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices W ord devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * * * * * * *** S 2 * * * * * * * * *** D 1 * D 2 * * * DDRVI: 17 st eps PULSE 16-b ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 487

    3. Instruction Set 3-371 11. Ramp-down time of CH0 and CH1 can be partic ularly modified by using (M153 4, D1348) and (M1535, D1349). When M1534 / M15 35 = ON, CH0 / CH1 ramp-down time is specified by D1348 / D1349. 12. If M1078 / M1104 = ON during instruction ex ecution, Y0 / Y2 will pause immediately and M1538 / M1540 = ON indicates the pause sta ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 488

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-372 z This instruction can be used many times in user program, but only one in stru ction will be activated at a time. For example, if Y0 is currently activated, other instructions use Y0 won’t be executed. Therefore, instructions first activated will be first executed. z After activat ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 489

    3. Instruction Set 3-373 D1232 Output pulse number for ramp-down stop whe n Y0 masking sensor receives signals. (LOW WOR D) D1233 Output pulse number for ramp-down stop whe n Y0 masking sensor receives signals. (HIGH WORD). D1234 Output pulse number for ramp-down stop whe n Y2 masking sensor receives signals (LOW WORD). D1235 Output pulse number fo ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 490

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-374 API Mnemonic Operands Function 159 D DRV A Absolute Position Control Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices W ord devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * * * * * * *** S 2 * * * * * * * * *** D 1 * D 2 * * * DRV A: 9 steps DDRV A: 17 s ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 491

    3. Instruction Set 3-375 10. M1305 and M1306 can change t he output direction of CH0 / CH1 set in D 2 . When S is “-“, D 2 will be ON, however, if M1305/M1306 is set ON before instru ction executes, D 2 will be OFF during execution of instruction.. 11. Ramp-down time of CH0 and CH1 can be partic ularly modified by using (M153 4, D1348) and (M15 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 492

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-376 2. Registers for setting ramp up/do wn time and start/end frequency: z Output Y0: De fa ult: 100ms Y0( D13 43) Y0( D13 40) Y0 (D134 0) Min: 6H z Mi n: 6Hz Y0(D134 3) Ra mp- u p sl ope Sa mpl e t i me of ramp-u p Pul se out p ut freque nc y End fre q. T arg et positi on Ra mp do wn t ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 493

    3. Instruction Set 3-377 API Mnemonic Operands Function 160 TCMP P Time comp are Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices W ord devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * * * * * * *** S 2 * * * * * * * * *** S 3 * * * * * * * * *** S * * * D * * * TCMP , TCMPP: 1 1 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 S ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 494

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-378 API Mnemonic Operands Function 161 TZCP P T ime zone compa re Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices W ord devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * S 2 * * * S * * * D * * * TZCP , TZCPP: 9 step s PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 495

    3. Instruction Set 3-379 API Mnemonic Operands Function 162 TA D D P T ime addition Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices W ord devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * S 2 * * * D * * * T ADD , T ADDP: 7 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 O ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 496

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-380 API Mnemonic Operands Function 163 TSUB P T ime subtraction Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices W ord devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * S 2 * * * D * * * TSUB, TSUBP: 7 step s PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 497

    3. Instruction Set 3-381 X0 TSUB D0 D10 D20 05: 20: 30 19:1 1: 15 10: 09: 15 D0 05(H our) D1 20 (Min) D2 30( Sec) D20 10( Hour) D21 09 (Mi n ) D22 1 5 (Sec) D10 19( Hour) D1 1 1 1(Min) D12 15(Sec) ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 498

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-382 API Mnemonic Operands Function 166 TRD P T i me re ad Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices W ord devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F D * * * TRD, TRDP: 3 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 S ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 499

    3. Instruction Set 3-383 Points to note: 1. There are two methods to correct built-in RTC: z Correcting by API167 TWR instruction Please refer to explanation of instru ction TWR (API 167) z Setting by peripheral device Using WPLSof t / ISPSoft (Ladder editor) 2. Display 4-digit year data: z D1319 only stores the 2-digit year in A.D. If 4- digit yea ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 500

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-384 API Mnemonic Operands Function 167 TWR P Ti m e w r i t e Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices W ord devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * TWR, TWRP: 5 step s PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 501

    3. Instruction Set 3-385 1, second data reset s ). X0 MOV K0 4 D0 MOV K2 D 1 MOV K12 D2 MOV K15 D3 MOV K1 5 D4 MOV K27 D5 MOV K3 0 D6 TW R D0 M101 7 X1 Y ear (2004) Day ( Tuesday) Mo n th (D ec em ber) Day Hour Minut e Second Write the set ti me into RTC 30 seco nds cor rec ti on ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 502

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-386 API Mnemonic Operands Function 168 D MVM P T ransfer Designated Bit s Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices W ord devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * * * * *** S 2 * * * * * * * * *** D * * * * * * *** MVM, MVMP: 7 steps DMVM,DMVM ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 503

    3. Instruction Set 3-387 API Mnemonic Operands Function 169 D HOUR Hour meter Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program S te ps Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * * * * * *** D 1 * D 2 * * * HOUR: 7 step s DHOUR: 13 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 S ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 504

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 3-388 Program Example 2: In 32-bit instruction, when X0 = ON, Y10 will be ON and the timing will start. When the timin g reaches 40,000 ho urs, Y0 will be ON. D1 and D0 will record the current time me asured (in hour) and D2 will record the current time less than an hour (0 ~ 3,599; unit: ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 505

    3. Instruction Set 3-389 API Mnemonic Operands Function 170 D GRY P BIN → Gray Code Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices W ord devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * * * * * *** D * * * * * *** GRY , GRYP: 5 step s DGRY , DGRYP: 9 step s PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 506

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2 Oper ation Manual - Programming 3-390 API Mnemonic Operands Function 171 D GBIN P Gray Code → BIN Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program S tep s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * * * * * *** D * * * * * *** GBIN, GBINP: 5 steps DGBIN, DGBINP: 9 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 507

    3. Instruction Set 3-391 API Mnemonic Operands Function 172 D ADDR P Floating point addition Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program S te ps Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * S 2 * D * DADDR, DADDRP: 13 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Oper ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 508

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2 Oper ation Manual - Programming 3-392 X0 DAD DR D0 D2 D1 0 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 509

    3. Instruction Set 3-393 API Mnemonic Operands Function 173 D SUBR P Floating point subtraction Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices W ord devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * S 2 * D * DSUBR: 13 step s PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Operands ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 510

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2 Oper ation Manual - Programming 3-394 X0 DSU BR D0 D2 D1 0 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 511

    3. Instruction Set 3-395 API Mnemonic Operands Function 174 D MULR P Floating point multiplication Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program S te ps Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * S 2 * D * DMULR, DMULRP: 13 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 512

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2 Oper ation Manual - Programming 3-396 X1 D0 D1 0 D20 DMU LR ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 513

    3. Instruction Set 3-397 API Mnemonic Operands Function 175 D DIVR P Floating point division Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices W ord devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * S 2 * D * DDIVR: 13 step s PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Operands: S ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 514

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2 Oper ation Manual - Programming 3-398 API Mnemonic Operands Function 176 MMOV P 16-bit → 32-bit Conversio n Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word dev ices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * * * * * * D * * * MMOV , MMOVP: 5 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 515

    3. Instruction Set 3-399 API Mnemonic Operands Function 177 GPS GPS data receiving Controllers ES2 EX2 SS2 SA2 SX2 SE Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * D * GPS: 5 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2 EX2 SS2 SA2 SX2 SE ES2 EX2 SS2 SA2 SX2 SE ES2 EX2 SS2 SA2 SX2 SE Operands: S : Sentence identif ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 516

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2 Oper ation Manual - Programming 3-400 No. Content Range Format Note D + 2 Second 0 ~ 59 Word D + 3~4 Latitude 0 ~ 90 Float Unit: dd.mmmmmm D + 5 North / South 0 or 1 W o rd 0(+) Æ North, 1(-) Æ South D + 6~7 Longitude 0 ~ 180 Float Unit: ddd.mmmmmm D + 8 East / West 0 or 1 Word 0(+) Æ East, 1(-) Æ West D + 9 GPS data va ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 517

    3. Instruction Set 3-401 M100 2 MO V H8 1 D1 03 6 SET M1 1 38 MOV K200 0 D1 24 9 Set co mmu nicati on pr otoc ol as 9600 , 8, N , 1 R etain com mun ication se tting Set receiving time-out as 2s 2. Then enable M0 to execute GPS instru ction with sent ence id entifier $GPGGA M0 GPS K0 D0 SET M1312 M0 M1 314 M1 315 Y0 Y1 3. When receiving compl eted, ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 518

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2 Oper ation Manual - Programming 3-402 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 519

    3. Instruction Set 3-403 API Mnemonic Operands Function 178 D SP A Solar Panel Positioning Controllers ES2/ EX2 SS2 SA2 SX2 SE Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * D * DSP A: 9 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/ EX2 SS2 SA2 SX2 SE ES2/ EX2 SS2 SA2 SX2 SE ES2/ EX2 SS2 SA2 SX2 SE Operands: S : S ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 520

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2 Oper ation Manual - Programming 3-404 2. Operand D occupies 8 consecutive word registers. The function of each device is as b elow: No. Content Range Format Note D + 0~1 Zenith 0 ~ 90 Float Hori zontal=0 D + 2~3 Azimuth 0 ~ 360 Float North point=0 D + 4~5 Incidence 0 ~ 90 Float D + 6 Converted DA value of Zenith 0 ~ 2000 W ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 521

    3. Instruction Set 3-405 Program example: 1. Input parameters starting from D4000: 2009/3/23/(y/m/d),10:10:30, Δ t = 0, Local time zone = +8, Longitude/Latitude = +119.192345 E ast, +24.593456 North, Elevation = 132.2M, Pressure = 820m, MAT = 15.0 ℃ , Slope = 0 degree, Azimuth = -10 degree. M0 DS P A D4 000 D5 00 0 M1013 2. Output results: D5000 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 522

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2 Oper ation Manual - Programming 3-406 API Mnemonic Operands Function 179 D WSUM P Sum of multiple devices Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word dev ices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * n * * * D * * * WSUM, WSUMP: 7 steps DWSUM, DWSUMP: 13 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 523

    3. Instruction Set 3-407 API Mnemonic Operands Function 180 MAND P Matrix AND Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices W ord devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * * * * * S 2 * * * * * * * D * * * * * * n * * * MAND, MANDP: 9 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 524

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2 Oper ation Manual - Programming 3-408 Point s to note: 1. A matrix consists of more than 1 consecutiv e 16-bit registers. The nu mber of registers is indicated as the matrix length (n). A matrix contains 16 × n bits (points) and the matrix instructions conduct bit operation, i.e. operation is performe d bit by bit. 2. Matr ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 525

    3. Instruction Set 3-409 API Mnemonic Operands Function 181 MOR P Matrix OR Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices W ord devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * * * * * S 2 * * * * * * * D * * * * * * n * * * MOR, MORP: 9 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 526

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2 Oper ation Manual - Programming 3-410 API Mnemonic Operands Function 182 MXOR P Matrix XOR Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices W ord devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * * * * * S 2 * * * * * * * D * * * * * * n * * * MXOR, MXORP: 9 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 527

    3. Instruction Set 3-41 1 API Mnemonic Operands Function 183 MXNR P Matrix XNR Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word dev ices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * * * * * S 2 * * * * * * * D * * * * * * n * * * MXNR, MXNRP: 9 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 528

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2 Oper ation Manual - Programming 3-412 API Mnemonic Operands Function 184 MINV P Matrix inverse Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices W ord devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * * * * D * * * * * * n * * * MINV , MINVP: 7 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 529

    3. Instruction Set 3-413 API Mnemonic Operands Function 185 MCMP P Matrix c ompare Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program S tep s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * * * * * S 2 * * * * * * * n * * * D * * * ** *** MCMP , MCMPP: 9 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 530

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2 Oper ation Manual - Programming 3-414 o D20 = 45, M1091 = ON, M1089 = OF F. p D20 = 47, M1091 = OFF, M1089 = ON (com parison proceeds to he last bit) q D20 = 1, M1091 = ON, = OFF. X0 MCMPP D0 D10 D20 K3 b0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 00 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 00 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 D20 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 01 01 01 01 01 1 01 1 01 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 531

    3. Instruction Set 3-415 API Mnemonic Operands Function 186 MBRD P Matrix bit read Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices W ord devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * * * * n * * * D * * * * * *** MBRD, MBRDP: 7 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 532

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2 Oper ation Manual - Programming 3-416 b0 D2 0 45 1 01 01 01 01 01 1 01 1 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 0 11 01 01 01 01 01 0 b47 0 01 01 Pointer D0 D1 D2 Point s to note: Associated flags and registers: M1089: Indicating the end of Matrix. When the comparison reaches the la st bit, M1089 = ON M1092: Indicating pointer error . When t ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 533

    3. Instruction Set 3-417 API Mnemonic Operands Function 187 MBWR P Matrix bit write Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * * * * n * * * D * * * * * *** MBWR, MBWRP: 7 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 534

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2 Oper ation Manual - Programming 3-418 1 b0 01 01 01 01 01 0 1 01 1 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 0 1 0 11 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 b47 D2 0 45 1 1 M109 6 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 0 1 01 1 01 01 01 01 01 0 1 0 1 b47 D2 0 45 B efo re Execution Af ter Exec uti on Pointer Pointer (Bo r ro w fl ag fo r ma tr i x ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 535

    3. Instruction Set 3-419 API Mnemonic Operands Function 188 MBS P Matrix bit shift Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices W ord devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * * * * D * * * * * * n * * * MBS, MBSP: 7 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE S ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 536

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2 Oper ation Manual - Programming 3-420 Before execution Af te r bi ts s h ift to le ft 1 b0 0 1 01 01 01 01 0 1 01 10 1 01 01 01 01 01 01 0 10 11 01 01 01 01 01 0 b15 0 0 0 M1096 1 01 01 01 01 01 0 1 00 1 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 0 1 0 11 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 M109 5 M1095 MBS M109 7= 0 D0 D1 D2 D0 D1 D2 D20 D21 D22 Progra ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 537

    3. Instruction Set 3-421 API Mnemonic Operands Function 189 MBR P Matrix bit rotate Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices W ord devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * * * * D * * * * * * n * * * MBR, MBRP: 7 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 538

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2 Oper ation Manual - Programming 3-422 Bef or e exec uti on Af te r ro t a tion to the l ef t 1 B0 0 1 01 01 01 01 0 1 01 10 1 01 01 01 01 01 01 0 1 0 11 0 1 0 1 01 0 1 0 1 0 b15 0 0 1 01 01 01 01 01 0 1 01 1 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 0 1 01 1 01 01 01 01 01 0 0 0 1 M109 5 M109 5 MBR M1 097= 0 D0 D1 D2 D20 D21 D22 Program Example ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 539

    3. Instruction Set 3-423 API Mnemonic Operands Function 190 MBC P Matrix bit status count Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices W ord devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * * * * n * * * D * * * * * *** MBC, MBCP: 7 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 540

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2 Oper ation Manual - Programming 3-424 API Mnemonic Operands Function 191 D PPMR 2-Axis Relative Point to Point Motion Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program S tep s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * S 2 * * * S * * * D * DPPMR: 17 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 541

    3. Instruction Set 3-425 8. For pulse output with ramp-up/down section, if only 1 axis is specified with pulse output number , i.e. another axis is 0, the pulse out put will only be performed on the axis with output pulse number . However , if the output pulse number is less than 20 in any of the 2 axes, the ramp-up/down section will be disabled an ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 542

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2 Oper ation Manual - Programming 3-426 M0 RS T = D 0 K 1 DP P MR D2 00 D202 K100 00 0 Y0 = D 0 K 2 DP P MR D2 04 D206 K100 00 0 Y0 = D 0 K 3 DP P MR D2 08 D210 K100 00 0 Y0 = D 0 K 4 DP P MR D2 12 D214 K100 00 0 Y0 MOV D0 M0 INCP END M102 9 D0 M102 9 K1 3. Operation: When PLC runs and M0 = ON, PLC will start the first point- ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 543

    3. Instruction Set 3-427 API Mnemonic Opera nds Function 192 D PPMA 2-Axis Absolute Point to Point Motion Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program S tep s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * S 2 * * * S * * * D * DPPMA: 17 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 544

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2 Oper ation Manual - Programming 3-428 (0 , 0) (- 2700 0,-27 000) (0, - 5 5000) (270 00,-27 000) X Y 2. Steps: a) Set the four coordinates (-27000, -2700 0), (0, -55000), (27000, -27000) and (0,0) (as the figure above). Place them in the 32 -bit registers (D20 0, D202), (D2 04, D206), (D208, D210 ), (D212, D214). b) Design i ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 545

    3. Instruction Set 3-429 API Mnemonic Opera nds Function 193 D CIMR 2-Axis Relative Position Arc Interpolation Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program S tep s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * S 2 * * * S * D * DCIMR: 17 step s PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/ ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 546

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2 Oper ation Manual - Programming 3-430 6. Draw four 90 ° arcs as the figure below . When the direction signal is ON, the direction i s positive(QI, QIV). When the direction signal is OFF , the direction is negative(QII, QIII). When S is set as K0, the ar cs will be clockwise (see figure 3). When S is set as K, the arcs will ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 547

    3. Instruction Set 3-431 that the arc has to be a 90 ° arc, i.e. the numbers of out put pulses in X and Y axes can be different. 13. There are no settings of star t frequency and ramp-up/ down time. 14. There is no limit ation on th e num ber of times fo r usin g the in stru ction. Ho weve r , assume CH0 or CH1 output is in use, the X/Y axis synch ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 548

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2 Oper ation Manual - Programming 3-432 3. Operation: When PLC runs and M0 = ON, PLC will st art the draw ing of the first segment of the arc. D0 will plus 1 whenever a segment of arc is completed and the second se gment of the arc will st art to execute automatically . The operation p attern repeat s until the fourth segment ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 549

    3. Instruction Set 3-433 3. Operation: When PLC runs and M0 = ON, PLC will st art the draw ing of the first segment of the arc. D0 will plus 1 whenever a segment of arc is completed and the second se gment of the arc will st art to execute automatically . The operation p attern repeat s until the fourth segment of arc is completed. Point s to note: ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 550

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2 Oper ation Manual - Programming 3-434 API Mnemonic Opera nds Function 194 D CIMA 2-Axis Absolute Position Arc Interpolation Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program S tep s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * S 2 * * * S * D * DCIMA: 17 step s PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 551

    3. Instruction Set 3-435 above). Place them in the 32-bit registers (D200, D202), (D204, D2 0 6), (D208, D210), (D212, D214). b) Select “draw clockwi se ar c” and default “motion time” ( S = D100 = K0) c) RUN the PLC. Set ON M0 to start the drawing of the ellipse. D214 M102 9 DCI M A Y0 END D210 DCI MA Y 0 D206 DCI MA Y 0 D202 DCI MA Y0 = D ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 552

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2 Oper ation Manual - Programming 3-436 2. Steps: a) Find the max. and min. coordinates on X and Y axes (0,0), (26000, 26000), (34000,18000), (8000,-8000) (as the figure above). Place t hem respectively in the 32-bit registers (D200,D202), (D20 4,D2 06), (D208,D210) and (D212, D214). b) Select “draw clockwi se ar c” and d ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 553

    3. Instruction Set 3-437 API Mnemonic Operands Function 195 D PTPO Single-axis pulse o utput b y table Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices W ord devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * S 2 * D * DPTPO: 13 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Op ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 554

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2 Oper ation Manual - Programming 3-438 K40 (40 th segment) D157 , D156 D159, D 158 3. Current executing segment can be monitored by D30 1. X0 D0 DP TPO D3 00 Y0 END 4. Timing diagra m: Fre q uen c y (Hz ) t t t t 1 2 .. .. 40 (D 1 ,D 0) (D 3 ,D 2) ( D 15 9, D 1 58 ) (D 5 ,D 4) ( D 15 7, D 1 56 ) .... .... (D 7 ,D 6) T i me ( ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 555

    3. Instruction Set 3-439 API Mnemonic Operands Function 197 D CLLM Close loop position control Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices W ord devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * S 2 * * * S 3 * * * D * DCLLM: 17 step s PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 556

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2 Oper ation Manual - Programming 3-440 4. D can only designate Y0 (Direction signal output: Y1) or Y2 (Direction signal output: Y3). The direction signal output will be OFF only when the driv e contact of the instruction is OFF, i.e. completion of pulse output will not reset Y1 or Y3. 5. D1340 and D1352 stores the start/end ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 557

    3. Instruction Set 3-441 Fre que n cy Ti m e Pulse Number Hi gh spee d cou nt er r ec ei ve s ta rg et nu mber of fe ed bac ks or Ex t er n a l int e r r upt occu r s Ta r g e t fr eq ue nc y St art/ e nd fr eq ue nc y Ra mp-up tim e Hig h sp eed tim e Ra mp - do wn time Idl e t ime Nu mber of o ut p ut pul se s = ta rg et numb er of fe ed bac ks x ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 558

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2 Oper ation Manual - Programming 3-442 MOV MOV MOV K100 K100 K100 D0 M100 2 D1131 D13 43 D13 48 SET DMOV K0 D10 30 EI FEN D IR ET END DCLL M X4 K500 00 K100 000 Y0 INC M153 4 M0 M100 0 I401 MOV K100 D134 0 MOV K100 D1 34 3 MOV K100 D134 3 2. Execution results: 100kHz D1340 D1343 X4 = OFF --> ON D1340 D1348 Specified numbe ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 559

    3. Instruction Set 3-443 MOV MOV MOV K100 K600 D0 M100 2 D1131 D13 48 SET DMOV K0 D1 030 EI FEND IRE T END DCLL M C2 43 K50000 K1 00000 Y0 INC M1534 M0 M100 0 I010 K200 D134 0 MOV D1 34 3 MOV K300 D1 343 DMOV K0 C2 43 DCNT C2 43 K9999 DHS CS C2 43 K50000 I010 2. Assume the first execution results are as below: 100KH z D1340 D1348 D1343 C24 3 =K50 0 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 560

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2 Oper ation Manual - Programming 3-444 100K Hz D1340 D1348 D1343 C24 3 =K50 00 0 600m s Fre que nc y Y0 outpu t stops Ti m e Pul se num ber Specified number of output pulse s: 50,500 Actual number of output pulses (D1030, D1031) = K50,560 5. Observe the results of the second execution: a) The actual output number 50,560 – ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 561

    3. Instruction Set 3-445 reset after CH0 (Y0, Y1) pulse output is completed. M1524 Auto-reset CH1 (Y2, Y3) when high speed pul se output completed. M524 will be reset after CH1 (Y2, Y3) pulse output is completed. M1534 Enable ramp-down time setting on Y0. Has to be used with D1348 M1535 Enable ramp-down time setting on Y2. Has to be used with D1349 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 562

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2 Oper ation Manual - Programming 3-446 API Mnemonic Operands Function 198 D VSPO V ariable speed pulse output Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * S 2 * * * S 3 * * * D * DVSPO: 17 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/ ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 563

    3. Instruction Set 3-447 Function Explanations: Pulse output diagram: Freq. Ti m e t1 t2 t3 g1 g2 g3 S 2 Pulse number 1. Definitions: t1 Æ target frequency of 1 st shift t2 Æ target frequency of 2 nd shift t3 Æ target frequency of 3 rd shift g1 Æ ramp-up time of 1 st shift g2 Æ ramp-up time of 2 nd shift g3 Æ ramp-down time of 3 rd shift S 2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 564

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2 Oper ation Manual - Programming 3-448  2 nd shift: Assume t2 = 11kHz, internal frequency = 2kHz, gap time = 20m s Ramp-up ste ps of 2 nd shift: Freq. Tim e 2kHz t2= 1 1kH z 20ms g2= 40 ms 20ms 20ms 1kHz 2kHz t1=6k Hz  3 rd shift: Assume t3 = 3kHz, gap frequen cy = 2kHz, gap time = 20ms Ramp-down steps of 3 rd shift: F ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 565

    3. Instruction Set 3-449 M1540 Indicating pause status of Y2 2. Special register explanations: D1030 Low word of the present value of Y0 pulse output D1031 High word of the present value of Y0 pulse output D1336 Low word of the present value of Y2 pulse output D1337 High word of the present value of Y2 pulse output D1220 Pulse output mode setting o ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 566

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2 Oper ation Manual - Programming 3-450 API Mnemonic Operands Function 199 D ICF Immediately change frequency Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * S 2 * * * D * DVSPO: 13 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 567

    3. Instruction Set 3-451 Freq. Ti m e Gap fre q. Delayed by program scan cycle Gap time Gap time Chan ge ta rge t f re q. Act u al t im ing of chan gi ng 2. If users change the target frequ ency by applying DICF instruction in insterupt subroutin es, the actual changing timing will be executed i mmediately with only an approx. 10us delay (execution ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 568

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2 Oper ation Manual - Programming 3-452 Fre q.(Hz ) Ti m e ( m s ) 10 00H z 10ms 20 ms 800H z 100ms 20 00H z M0=ON X6=ON X7 =ON 100K Hz 50K Hz 100Hz 1, 000 ,00 0pu ls e ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 569

    3. Instruction Set 3-453 MOV M0 EI MOV MOV FEND DMOVP K1 00 000 D5 00 K100 0 D502 K10 D5 03 DVSPO K1 00 0000 Y0 D502 D500 MOV M100 0 MOV MOV IRE T DMOV K5 00 00 D500 K800 D5 02 K20 D5 03 DIC F Y0 D5 02 D5 00 I601 MOV M1 000 MOV MOV IR ET DMOV K0 D500 K200 0 D5 02 K100 D5 0 3 DIC F Y0 D502 D500 I7 01 END ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 570

    DVP-ES2/SX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Op eration Manual – Programming 3-454 API Mnemonic Operands Function 202 SCAL P Proportional calculation Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Steps Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * S 2 * * * S 3 * * * D * SCAL,SCLAP: 9 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 571

    3. Instruction Set 3-455 Program Example 1: 1. Assume S 1 = 500, S 2 = 168 and S 3 = -4. When X0 = ON, SCAL instruction exe cutes and the result of proportional calculation will be stored in D0. 2. Equation: D0 = (500 × 168 ) ÷ 1000 + (-4 ) = 80 X0 SCAL K500 K168 K-4 D0 D 1 0 = 5 0 0 Sl op e= 168 Offset=-4 D es t in at ion valu e Source value Pro ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 572

    DVP-ES2/SX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Op eration Manual – Programming 3-456 API Mnemonic Operands Function 203 D SCLP P Parameter proportional calculation Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Steps Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * S 2 * D * SCLP , SCLPP: 7 steps DSCLP , DSCLPP: 13 steps PULSE 16-bit 3 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 573

    3. Instruction Set 3-457 6. Substitute the above parameters into y = kx + b and the operation in struction can be obtain ed. y = kx + b = D = k S 1 + b = slo pe × S 1 + offset = slope × S 1 + min. destination value – min. source value × slope = slo pe × ( S 1 – min. source value) + min. destination value = ( S 1 – min. source value) × (m ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 574

    DVP-ES2/SX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Op eration Manual – Programming 3-458 D 0 S= 5 0 0 1 = 3 0 = 5 0 0 Source value D e s tin atio n valu e Program Example 2: 1. Assume so urce value S 1 = 500, max. source value D0 = 30 00, min. source value D1 = 200, max. destination value D2 = 30, and min. destination value D3 = 5 00. When X0 = ON, SCLP instruction exe ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 575

    3. Instruction Set 3-459 Program Example 3: 1. Assume the source value S 1 , D100 = F500, max. source value D0 = F3000, min. source value D2 = F200, max. destination value D4 = F500, and min. destination value D6 = F 30. When X0 = ON, M1162 is set up to adopt floating point operation. DSCLP instruction ex ecutes and the result of proportional calcu ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 576

    DVP-ES2/SX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Op eration Manual – Programming 3-460 API Mnemonic Operands Function 205 CMPT P Compa re t able Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * S 2 * * * n * * * D * * * * * * CMPT: 9 step s CMPTP: 9 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 S ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 577

    3. Instruction Set 3-461 9. The 16-bit compari son values used in the 16-bi t instruction are sig ned values. The compari son values used in the 32-bit instruction a re 32-bit signed values (M1162=OFF), or floating-point numbers (M1162=ON). 10. The 16-bit data or 32-bit data is written into D . If the data length is less than 16 bits or 32 bits, th ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 578

    DVP-ES2/SX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Op eration Manual – Programming 3-462 API Mnemonic Operands Function 206 ASDRW ASDA servo drive R/W Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * S 2 * * * S * ASDRW : 7 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 579

    3. Instruction Set 3-463 For A2-type only Code Function Parameter Com. Addr . Read/W rite data (Settings) K16(H10) S tatus monitor (Read) P0-09 ~ P0-13 0012H ~ 001BH S +0 ~ S +9: Please refer to explanations in ASDA-A2 manual. K17(H1 1) S tatus monitor selection (W rite) P0-17 ~ P0-21 0022H ~ 002BH S +0 ~ S +9: Please refer to explanations in ASDA- ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 580

    DVP-ES2/SX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Op eration Manual – Programming 3-464 H87 MOV M100 2 D1 12 0 SET M1 1 20 K100 MOV D1 129 RS T M1 1 27 ASDRW K0 K1 X0 D0 A SDA address: K1 Function Code: K0 Monitor ASDA status Data R egist er M1 1 27 SET X0 M1 1 22 Set up in ASCI I mo de RS T M1 1 43 SET M1 143 Reset comm uni cation co mpleted f l ag M 1127 Set communi ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 581

    3. Instruction Set 3-465 Point s to note: Relative flags and special D regi ste rs of COM2/COM3 : COM2 COM3 Function Description M1120 M1136 Retain communication setting M1143 M1320 ASCII/RTU mode selection D1120 D1109 Communication protocol Protocol setting D1121 D1255 PLC communication address M1122 M1316 Sending request Sending request D1129 D12 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 582

    DVP-ES2/SX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Op eration Manual – Programming 3-466 API Mnemonic Operands Function 207 CSFO Catch speed and proportional output Controllers ES2 EX2 SS2 SA2 SX2 SE Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * S 1 * D * CSFO: 7 step s PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/ EX2 SS2 SA2 SX2 SE ES2/ EX2 S ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 583

    3. Instruction Set 3-467 6. S 1 +0 specifies the sampling times. The set value of sampling times is recomme nded to be bigger when the input speed increa ses, so as to achi eve a higher accuracy for speed catchin g. For example, set S 1 +0 as K1 for the speed range 1 H z~1KHz, K10 for the speed range 10Hz~10KHz, K100 for the speed range 100 Hz~10KH ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 584

    DVP-ES2/SX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Op eration Manual – Programming 3-468 API Mnemonic Operands Function 215~ 217 D LD# Contact T ype Logic Operation Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * * * * * * *** S 2 * * * * * * * * ** * LD#: 5 steps DLD#: 9 step s PULSE ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 585

    3. Instruction Set 3-469 API Mnemonic Operands Function 218~ 220 D AND# Serial T ype Logic Operation Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * * * * * * *** S 2 * * * * * * * * *** AND#: 5 steps DAND#: 9 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 586

    DVP-ES2/SX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Op eration Manual – Programming 3-470 API Mnemonic Operands Function 221~ 223 D O R # Parallel T ype Logic Operation Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * * * * * * *** S 2 * * * * * * * * ** * OR#: 5 steps DOR#: 9 step s PUL ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 587

    3. Instruction Set 3-471 API Mnemonic Operands Function 224~ 230 D LD ※ Contact T ype Comparison Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Steps Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * * * * * * *** S 2 * * * * * * * * *** LD ※ : 5 steps DLD ※ : 9 ste p s PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 E ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 588

    DVP-ES2/SX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Op eration Manual – Programming 3-472 API Mnemonic Operands Function 232~ 238 D AND ※ Serial T ype Comparison Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * * * * * * *** S 2 * * * * * * * * *** AND ※ : 5 step s DAND ※ : 9 step ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 589

    3. Instruction Set 3-473 API Mnemonic Operands Function 240~ 246 D OR ※ Parallel T y pe Comparison Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * * * * * * *** S 2 * * * * * * * * *** OR ※ : 5 step s DOR ※ : 9 ste p s PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE S ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 590

    DVP-ES2/SX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Op eration Manual – Programming 3-474 API Mnemonic Operands Function 266 D BOUT Output S pecified Bit of a Word Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F D * * * * * * n * * * * * * * * *** BOUT : 5 steps DBOUT : 9 step s PULSE 16-bit 32-b ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 591

    3. Instruction Set 3-475 API Mnemonic Operands Function 267 D BSET Set ON S pecified Bit of a Word Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F D * * * * * * n * * * * * * * * *** BSET : 5 steps DBSET : 9 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 592

    DVP-ES2/SX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Op eration Manual – Programming 3-476 API Mnemonic Operands Function 268 D BRST Reset S pecified Bit of a Word Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F D * * * * * * n * * * * * * * * *** BRST : 5 steps DBRST : 9 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 593

    3. Instruction Set 3-477 API Mnemonic Operands Function 269 D BLD Load NO Contact by S pecified Bit Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * * * n * * * * * * * * *** BLD: 5 steps DBLD: 9 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 594

    DVP-ES2/SX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Op eration Manual – Programming 3-478 API Mnemonic Operands Function 270 D BLDI Load NC Cont act by S pecified Bit Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * * * n * * * * * * * * *** BLDI: 5 steps DBLDI: 9 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-b ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 595

    3. Instruction Set 3-479 API Mnemonic Operands Function 271 D BAND Connect NO Contact in Series by S pecified Bit Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * * * n * * * * * * * * *** BAND: 5 ste ps DBAND: 9 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/ ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 596

    DVP-ES2/SX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Op eration Manual – Programming 3-480 API Mnemonic Operands Function 272 D BANI Connect NC Contact in Se ries by S pecified Bit Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * * * n * * * * * * * * *** BANI: 5 steps DBANI: 9 st e ps PU ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 597

    3. Instruction Set 3-481 API Mnemonic Operands Function 273 D BOR Connect NO Contact in Parallel by S pecified Bit Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * * * n * * * * * * * * *** BOR: 5 steps DBOR: 9 ste p s PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/ ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 598

    DVP-ES2/SX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Op eration Manual – Programming 3-482 API Mnemonic Operands Function 274 D BORI Connect NC Cont act in Parallel by S pecified Bit Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S * * * * * * n * * * * * * * * *** BORI: 5 steps DBORI: 9 ste p s ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 599

    3. Instruction Set 3-483 API Mnemonic Operands Function 275~ 280 FLD ※ Floating Point Contact T ype Compa rison LD ※ Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * S 2 * * * FLD ※ : 9 ste ps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 E ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 600

    DVP-ES2/SX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Op eration Manual – Programming 3-484 API Mnemonic Operands Function 281~ 286 FA N D ※ Floating Point Contact T ype Comparison AND ※ Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * S 2 * * * FA N D ※ : 9 steps PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 601

    3. Instruction Set 3-485 API Mnemonic Operands Function 287~ 292 FOR ※ Floating Point Cont a ct T ype Compa rison OR ※ Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s Ty p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F S 1 * * * S 2 * * * FOR ※ : 9 step s PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SE SX2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 602

    DVP-ES2/SX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Op eration Manual – Programming 3-486 MEMO ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 603

    Communications This chapter introduces information regarding the communications ports of the PLC. Through this chapter , the user can obtain a full underst anding about PLC communication port s. Chapter Content s 4.1 Communication Port s ........................................................................................................ 4-2 4.2 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 604

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 4.1 Communication Port s DVP-ES2/EX2/SA2/SE/SX2 offers 3 communication port s (COM1~COM3), and DVP-SS2 of fers 2 COM port s (COM 1~COM2). COM port s of the abov e models support DEL T A Q-link communication format on HMI. Refresh rate of HMI c an be increased by this function. COM1: RS-232 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 605

    4. Communications − 7 data bits − 1 stop bit − Even parity − Baud rate: 9600 4.2 Communication Protocol ASCII mode Communication Dat a S t ructure 9600 (Baud rate), 7 (dat a bits), Even (Parity), 1 (S tart bit), 1 (S top bit) Field name Content Explanation S tart bit STX S tart bit ‘:’ (3AH) ADR 1 Communication address ADR 0 Address con ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 606

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming Available setting for comm and code: CMD(Hex) Explanation Dev ice 01 (01 H) Read st atu s of contact S, Y , M, T , C 02 (02 H) Read st atu s of contact S, X, Y , M,T , C 03 (03 H) Read content of registe r T , C, D 05 (05 H) Force ON/OFF singl e co ntact S, Y , M, T , C 06 (06 H) Set conte ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 607

    4. Communications Field name ASCII Hex Bytes Count 10 31 30 Data Hi (T2 0) 00 30 30 Data Lo (T2 0 ) 01 30 31 Data Hi (T2 1) 00 30 30 Data Lo (T2 1 ) 02 30 32 Data Hi (T2 2) 00 30 30 Data Lo (T2 2 ) 03 30 33 Data Hi (T2 3) 00 30 30 Data Lo (T2 3 ) 04 30 34 Data Hi (T2 4) 00 30 30 Data Lo (T2 4 ) 05 30 35 Data Hi (T2 5) 00 30 30 Data Lo (T2 5 ) 06 30 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 608

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming Exception response: The PLC is expected to return a norm al re sponse after receiving command messages from the master device. The followi ng table depict s the conditions that either a no respon se o r an error response is replied to the master device. 1. The PLC did not receive a valid m ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 609

    4. Communications Exception code: Explanation: 01 Illegal command code: The command code receiv ed in the command message is invalid f or PLC. 02 Illegal device address: The device address receiv ed in the co mmand message is invalid for PLC. 03 Illegal device content: The data re ceived in the comman d message is invalid for PLC. 07 1. Checksum Er ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 610

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 4.3.2 CMD (Command code) and DA T A The content of access dat a depends on the command code. For description s of available command codes, please refer to 4.2.2 in this chapter . Example: read consecutive 8 words from addres s 061 4H~H61B (T20~T27) of PLC Slave ID#1. PC → PLC “ 01 03 0 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 611

    4. Communications Field Name Example (Hex) Data Lo (T24) 05 Data Hi (T25) 00 Data Lo (T25) 06 Data Hi (T26) 00 Data Lo (T26) 07 Data Hi (T27) 00 Data Lo (T27) 08 CRC CHK Low 72 CRC CHK High 98 END No data input ≥ 10 ms 4.3.3 CRC CHK (check sum) The CRC Check st a rts from “Slave Address” and ends in “The last data content.” Calculation of ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 612

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming { reg_crc ^= *dat a++; for (j=0;j<8;j++) { If (reg_crc & 0x01) reg_crc=(reg_crc >>1) ^ 0Xa001; /* LSB(b0)=1 */ else reg_crc=re g_crc >>1; } } return reg_crc; // the value that s ent back to the CRC register finally } Exception response: The PLC is expected to return a no ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 613

    4. Communications Feedback message: Field Name Example (Hex) ST ART No data input ≥ 10 ms Slave Address 01 Function 81 Exception Code 02 CRC CHK Low C1 CRC CHK High 91 END No data input ≥ 10 ms 4.4 PLC Device Address Effective Range Device Range ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2/SE SX2 MODBUS Address Address S 000~255 000001~000256 0000~00FF S 256~51 1 000257~00 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 614

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming Effective Range Device Range ES2/EX2 SS2 MODBU S Addr ess SA2/SE Address SX2 200~255 200~255 401793~401 903 (Odd address valid) 0700~076F D 000~255 1000~10FF D 256~51 1 1 100~1 1FF D 512~767 1200~12FF D 768~1023 1300~13FF D 1024~1279 404097~405376 1400~14FF D 1280~1535 1500~15FF D 1536~179 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 615

    4. Communications 4.5 Command Code 4.5.1 Command Code: 01, Read S tatus of Contact (Inpu t point X is not included) Number of Point s (max) = 255 (Dec) = FF (Hex ) Example ： Read contact s T20~T56 from Slave ID#1 PC → PLC “:01 01 06 14 00 25 BF CR LF ” Sent message: Field Name ASCII STX : Slave Address 01 Command code 01 S tarting Address H ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 616

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 4.5.2 Command Code: 02, Read S tatus of Contact (Inpu t point X is included) Example: Read status of cont act Y024~Y070 from Sl ave ID#01 PC → PLC “: 01 02 05 14 00 25 BF CR LF ” Sent message: Field Name ASCII STX : Slave Address 01 Command code 02 S tarting Address Hi 05 S tarting A ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 617

    4. Communications 4.5.3 Command Code: 03, Read Content of Register (T , C, D) Example: Read coils T20~T27 from Slave ID#01 PC → PLC “: 01 03 06 14 00 08 DA CR LF” Sent message: Field Name ASCII STX : Slave Address 01 Command code 03 S tarting Address Hi 06 S tarting Address Lo 14 Number of Point s Hi 00 Number of Point s Lo 08 Error Check (L ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 618

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming Field Name ASCII Data Hi (T26) 00 Data Lo (T26) 0 7 Data Hi (T27) 00 Data Lo (T27) 0 8 Error Check ( LR C) C8 END 1 0D (Hex) END 0 0A (Hex) 4.5.4 Command Code: 05, Force ON/OFF single cont act The Force dat a FF00 (Hex ) indicates force ON the cont act. The Force dat a 0000 (Hex) indicates ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 619

    4. Communications Field Name ASCII Force Data Lo 00 Error Check (L R C) F6 END 1 0D (Hex) END 0 0A (Hex) 4.5.5 Command Code: 06, Set c ontent of single register Example: Set content of register T0: 12 34 (Hex) PC → PLC “: 01 06 06 00 12 34 AD CR LF” Sent message: Field Name ASCII STX : Slave Address 01 Command code 06 Register Address Hi 06 R ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 620

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 4.5.6 Command Code: 15, Force ON/OFF multiple cont acts Max contact s/coils available for Force ON/OFF: 255 Example: Set Coil Y007… Y000 = 1 1 00 1 101, Y01 1…Y010 = 01. PC → PLC “: 01 0F 05 00 00 0A 02 CD 01 1 1 CR LF” Sent message: Field Name ASCII STX : Slave Address 01 Comman ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 621

    4. Communications Sent message: Field Name ASCII STX : Slave Address 01 Command code 10 S tarting Address Hi 06 S tarting Address Lo 00 Number of Register Hi 00 Number of Register Lo 02 Byte Count 04 Data Hi 00 Data Lo 0A Data Hi 01 Data Lo 02 Error Check ( LR C) D6 END 1 0D(Hex) END 0 0A(Hex) PLC → PC “: 01 10 06 00 00 02 E7 CR LF” Feedback ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 622

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming MEMO 4-20 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 623

    Sequential Function Chart This chapter provides information for programming in SFC mode. Chapter Content s 5.1 Step Ladder Instru ction [STL], [RET] ............................................................................... 5-2 5.2 Sequential Function Chart (SFC ) ................................................................................ ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 624

    DVP-ES2EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manual - Programming 5.1 S tep Ladder Instruction [STL], [RET] Mnemonic Operands Function Program steps STL S0~S1023 S tarts STL program 1 Controllers ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SX2 Explanation: STL Sn construct s a step point. When S TL instruction appears in the program, th e main program will enter a step ladder st atu ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 625

    5. Sequential Function Chart action and the transition from one step to anothe r generally requi res some transition criteria (condition). The action of the previous step finish es as long as all criteria is true. When next step begins, the action of previous step will be cle are d. The step-by-step tran sition process is the concept for designing ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 626

    DVP-ES2EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manual - Programming S tep jump. Used for a step to jump to another non-adjacent step. (Jumping up/down to non-adjacent step s in the same sequence, returning to initial step, or jumping among dif ferent sequences.) T ransition condition. The transition condition to move between each step point . Alternative div ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 627

    5. Sequential Function Chart Actions of S tep Points: STL program is composed of many step points, and each step poi nt represent s a single t ask in the STL control process. T o perform a sequential control result, every step point needs to do 3 a ctions. 1. Drive output coils 2. Designate the transition condition 3. Designate which step will take ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 628

    DVP-ES2EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manual - Programming of output coils should be avoided. The No. of output coil used by a step should al so a void being used when the step ladder diag ra m returns to a general ladder diagram. Repeated usage of timer: See the opposite diagram. T imers can only be used repeatedly in non-adjacent step s. S20 S30 S ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 629

    5. Sequential Function Chart c Returning to the initial step in the same sequence. d Jumping up/down to non-adjacent steps in the same sequence. SFC: Ladder diagram: S0 S2 1 S2 4 S2 5 X7 X2 OUT OUT S2 4 S2 1 S S0 S S2 3 S X2 S2 4 S S2 5 S S0 X7 RET Us in g OUT S2 4 Us in g OUT S0 S 25 r e tu rn s to th e in itia l s tep S 0 by u si n g O U T . Ju m ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 630

    DVP-ES2EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manual - Programming STL diagram. However , there are restrictions on some of the instru ct ions. Care should be ta ke n when using the instructions listed in the t able below . Basic Instructions Applicable in a Step B a s i c i n s t r u c t i o n Step point LD/LDI/LDP/LDF AND/ANI/ANDP/ANDF OR/ORI/ORP/ORF INV/ ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 631

    5. Sequential Function Chart SET Y0 S10 S S20 S Y2 S20 Y1 SET Y0 S10 S S20 S Y2 S20 Y1 2. As indicated in the below diagram, make sure to connect RET instruction directly af ter the step point rather than the NO or NC cont act. S0 S20 S RET X1 S0 S20 S RET X1 5.4 Point s to Note for Designing a Step Ladder Program 1. The first step in the SFC is ca ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 632

    DVP-ES2EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manual - Programming 6. Restrictions on diverging sequence: Please refer to section 5.5 for examples a) Max. 8 step points could be used for single divergence seq uence. b) Max. 16 step points could be used for the c onve rge nce of multiple diverted sequ ences. c) Users can assign a step in the sequ en ce to ju ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 633

    5. Sequential Function Chart 5.5 T ypes of Sequences Single Sequence: The basic type of sequence The first step in a step ladder diagram i s called initial step, range d as S0 ~ S9. The step s following the initial step are general steps n umbe red as S10 ~ S1023. When IST instru ction is applied, S10 ~ S19 will become the step s for zero return op ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 634

    DVP-ES2EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manual - Programming 2. Step Jump a) The control power over the step is transferred to a certain step on top. S0 S21 S42 S43 OUT OUT b) The control power over the step is tr ansferred to the step in another sequence. S0 S21 S41 OUT OUT S1 S41 S43 OUT S42 3. Reset Sequence As the opposite diagram indicate s, S50 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 635

    5. Sequential Function Chart Ladder diagram of simulta neous divergence: X0 SET SET S22 S21 S SET S23 S20 SET S24 SFC diagram of simult ane ous divergence: S20 S21 S22 S23 S2 4 2. Structure of Alternative Divergence When the individual condition at the cu rrent st at us is true, the step will be transferred to another individual step. For example, ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 636

    DVP-ES2EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manual - Programming In simultaneous conver gence, only when all s equences are complet ed will the transfer be allowed. Ladder diagram of simulta neous convergence: X2 SET S50 S S40 S S41 S S42 SFC diagram of simult aneous convergence: S40 S50 S41 S42 X2 4. Structure of Alte rnative Convergence The following la ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 637

    5. Sequential Function Chart Example of alternative divergence & alternative convergence: Step Ladder Diagram: SFC Diagram: M1002 ZRST S0 S127 SET S1 SET S20 Y0 SET S30 Y1 SET S40 Y2 END X0 S1 S S20 S X1 S30 S X2 S40 S X3 SET S31 X4 SET S32 X7 SET S50 Y3 S31 S X5 SET S41 Y4 S41 S X6 SET S50 Y5 S32 S X20 SET S42 Y6 S42 S X21 SET S50 S50 S T1 SET ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 638

    DVP-ES2EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manual - Programming Example of simult aneous divergence & simultaneous convergence: Step Ladder Diagram: SFC Diagram: M100 2 ZRST S0 S127 SET S3 SET S20 Y0 SET S30 Y1 SET S40 Y2 END X0 S3 S S20 S X1 S30 S X2 S40 S SET S31 SET S32 Y3 S31 S X3 SET S41 Y4 S41 S Y5 S32 S X4 SET S42 Y6 S42 S X5 SET S50 S50 S T1 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 639

    5. Sequential Function Chart Example of the simult aneous divergence & alternative convergence: Step Ladder Diagram: SFC Diagram: S127 K10 M1002 ZR ST S0 SET S4 SET S20 Y0 SET S30 Y1 SET S40 Y2 END X0 S4 S S20 S X1 S30 S X2 S40 S X3 SET S31 SET S32 SET S50 Y3 S31 S X4 SET S41 Y4 S41 S X5 SET S50 Y5 S32 S X6 SET S42 Y6 S42 S X7 SET S50 S50 S T1 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 640

    DVP-ES2EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manual - Programming Combination example 1: (Includes alternativ e div ergence/convergence and simult aneous divergence/conv ergence) Step Ladder Diagram : S127 M100 2 ZRST S0 SET S0 Y1 SET S30 Y2 SET S40 Y3 S X1 S30 S X4 S31 S X5 SET S31 SET S32 SET S40 Y5 S40 S X7 SET S50 Y7 S50 S X21 SET S60 Y23 S60 S SET S51 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 641

    5. Sequential Function Chart SFC Diagram: S0 S20 S30 S40 S0 M1002 X0 X1 X4 X27 Y1 Y2 Y5 S50 X7 S70 Y27 S51 S61 X22 Y20 Y24 S52 S62 X23 Y21 Y25 X21 X25 S60 Y23 Y0 Y7 S31 Y3 X5 X2 S32 Y4 X6 X3 S41 Y6 X20 X26 S53 S63 Y22 Y26 X24 S0 5-19 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 642

    DVP-ES2EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manual - Programming Combination example 2: (Includes alternativ e div ergence/convergence and simult aneous divergence/conv ergence) Step Ladder Diagram: SFC Diagram: S127 M100 2 ZRST S0 SET S0 SET S30 Y0 SET S31 Y1 SET S33 Y2 END X0 S0 S S30 S X1 S31 S X2 S32 S X3 SET S32 SET S33 Y3 S33 S X4 SET S34 Y4 S34 S X ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 643

    5. Sequential Function Chart SFC Diagram: S0 S20 S30 S40 S0 M1002 X0 X1 X1 1 X51 Y0 Y1 Y1 1 S50 X20 S80 Y41 S51 S71 X33 Y15 Y33 S53 S73 X35 Y17 Y35 X32 X44 S70 Y32 Y14 S31 Y2 X12 X2 S32 Y4 X15 X4 S41 Y12 X21 X52 S54 Y20 S0 SET S32 Y3 X14 X3 S52 S72 X34 Y16 Y34 S0 SET X13 S20 OUT S20 OUT S81 X45 Y42 SET S34 Y5 X15 X5 S35 X15 X6 S55 S74 X36 X22 X46 Y ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 644

    DVP-ES2EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manual - Programming 5.6 IST Instruction API Mnemonic Operands Function Controllers ES2/EX2 60 IST Initial S tate SS2 SA2 SX2 Bit Devices Word devices Program Step s T y p e OP X Y M S K H KnX KnY KnM KnS T C D E F IST : 7 steps S * * * D * 1 D * 2 PULSE 16-bit 32-bit ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SX2 ES2/EX2 SS2 SA2 SX2 ES2/ ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 645

    5. Sequential Function Chart “manual operation mode”, S1 initiates “zero retu rn mode” an d S2 initiates “auto mode”. Thus, the three step points of initial state have to be progra mmed in first priority. 3. When S1 (zero return mode) is initialized, i.e. selected, zero return will NOT be executed if any of the state S10~S19 is ON. 4. W ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 646

    DVP-ES2EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manual - Programming 5. Control panel X35 X36 X37 X20 X21 X22 X23 X24 X25 Ste p X3 2 One cycle opera tion X33 Co ntin uous op era t ion X34 Man ual op era t ion X30 Zero return X3 1 Power ON Power OFF Zero return Auto ON Aut o OFF Rig ht Shi ft Le ft sh if t Release balls Clip balls Descend Asce nd a) X0: ball s ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 647

    5. Sequential Function Chart 8. Zero return mode: a) SFC: S1 S10 X35 S1 1 X4 S12 X1 RST Y4 RST Y1 Y0 RST Y2 Y3 SET M1043 RST S1 2 R ele ase balls Stop lowe ri ng robo t arm Raise robot arm to the upper-li mit (X4 = ON) St op shiftin g to rig ht Shi ft to left to reac h the le ft- lim it (X 1 = ON ) Ena ble zero retur n com pleted fla g Ze ro return ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 648

    DVP-ES2EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manual - Programming 9. Auto operation (Single step / One- cycle operation / continuou s op eration): a) SFC: S2 S20 S30 S31 M104 4 X5 T0 Y1 SET Y0 S32 X4 X2 S50 Y1 Y2 S2 X1 M104 1 X0 Y4 TMR T0 K 30 S60 RST X5 Y4 TMR T2 K 30 S70 T2 Y0 S80 X4 Y3 X1 S40 S41 X5 T1 SET Y0 S42 X4 X3 Y2 X0 Y4 TMR T1 K 30 X3 X2 X4 X5 X ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 649

    5. Sequential Function Chart b) Ladder Diagram: END RET SET S20 SET S30 SET Y4 Y0 X5 S31 S X4 TM R T0 SET S32 S2 S M104 1 M1044 S20 S S30 S Y1 X0 SET S40 X5 X0 SET S31 T0 K30 Y2 S32 S X2 SET S50 X2 SET Y4 TM R T1 S40 S SET S41 T1 K30 Y0 S41 S X4 SET S42 Y2 S42 S X3 SET S50 X3 Y1 S50 S X5 SET S60 RST Y4 TM R T2 S60 S SET S70 T2 K30 Y0 S70 S X4 SET S ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 650

    DVP-ES2EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manual - Programming MEMO 5-28 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 651

    Troubleshooting This chapter offers error code t able and inform ation for troubleshooting during PLC opera tion. Chapter Content s 6.1 Common Problems and Solutions .......................................................................................... 6-2 6.2 Error code T able (Hex) ............................................................. ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 652

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 6-2 6.1 Common Problems and Solutions The following t ables li st some common problem s and troubleshooting procedu re s for the PLC system in the event of faulty operation. System Operation Symptom T roubleshooting and Corrective Actions All LEDs are OFF 1. Check the power supply wiring. ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 653

    6. T roublesho oting 6-3 Symptom T roubleshooting and Corrective Actions Diagnosing Input Malfunction When input indicator LEDs are OFF , 1. Check the wiring of the input devices. 2. Check that the power is properl y supplied to the input terminals. 3. If the power is properly supplied to the input terminal, there is probably an abnormality in the ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 654

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 6-4 6.2 Error code T able (Hex) After you write the pro gra m into the PLC, the illegal use of operands (devices) or incorrect synt ax in the program will result in flashi ng of ERRO R indicator and M1004 = ON. In this ca se, you ca n find out the cause of the error by checkin g the error ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 655

    6. T roublesho oting 6-5 Error code Description Action 0E05 DCNT operand CXXX misuse 0E18 BCD conversion error 0E19 Division error (divisor=0) 0E1A Device use is out of range (including index registers E, F) 0E1B Negative number after radical exp re ssion 0E1C FROM/TO communication error 0F04 Operan d word device D register exceeds limit 0F05 DCNT ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 656

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 6-6 Error code Description Action C40B MC / MCR does not begin from N0 or discontinuously C40C MC / MCR corresponding value N is dif ferent C40D Use I / P incorrectly C40E IRET doesn’t follow by t he last FEND instruction SRET doesn’ t follow by the last FEND instruction C40F PLC progr ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 657

    7-1 CANopen Function and Operation This chapter explains the functions of CANopen and the usage. Chapter Content s 7.1 The Introducti on of CANopen .............................................................................................. 7- 2 7. 1 .1 The Description of t he CANopen Functions .................................................... ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 658

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 7-2 7.1 The Introduction of CANopen ¾ Due to the simple wiring, immediate co mmunication, strong debugging ability , stable communication, and lo w cost, the CANopen n etwork is widely used in fields such as industrial automation, automotive industry , medica l equipment indust ry , and b ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 659

    7 CANopen Function and Operation 7-3 Storage Dat a type 64-bit LINT ULINT L REAL L WORD ¾ If the CAN port functions as a slav e, it has the following functions.  It supports th e st andard CANopen protocol DS30 1 V4.02.  It supports the NMT (network management object) service.  It supports the NMT state control. The state of DVP-ES2-C i n ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 660

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 7-4 7.2.2 The Profile 7.2.3 The CAN Interface and the Net w ork T opology ¾ The pins of COM3 (CAN interface) Pin Description CAN+ CAN-H CAN- CAN-L SG Signal ground Wh ite (CA N_ H) Blue (CAN _L) D+ D- CA N+ SG CA N- Blac k (SG) ¾ The CAN signal and the dat a frame format The CAN signal i ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 661

    7 CANopen Function and Operation 7-5 ¾ The CAN network end point and the topology struc ture In order to make the CAN comm unication more st ab le, the two endpoint s of the CAN network are connected to 120 ohm terminal resist ors. The topol ogy structure of the CA N network is illustrated below . ¾ The topology structure of the CANop en network ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 662

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 7-6 1) Users should use standard Delta cabl es wh en creatin g the CANopen network. These cables are the thick cable T AP-CB01, the thin cabl e T AP-CB02, and the thin cable T AP-CB10. The communication ca ble s should be away from the power cables. 2) T AP-TR01. CAN+ and CAN-, which are a ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 663

    7 CANopen Function and Operation 7-7 Product Model Function ASD-A2-xxxx -M servo driver It is a servo driver with the built-in CANopen interface. It controls the positioning, speed, and torque. C2000/CP2000/C2 00 series AC motor drives It is an AC motor drive with the built-in CANopen function, and control s the positioning, speed, and torque. Befo ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 664

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 7-8 Product Model Function T AP-CN03 It is the CANopen network topology distribution box which carri es a 12 0 ohm resistor . Users can enable the resisto r through the switch. T AP-CBO3 T AP-CBO5 T AP-CB10 T AP-CB20 CANopen sub cable with RJ45 conn ectors at both ends. T AP-CBO3: 0.3 mete ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 665

    7 CANopen Function and Operation 7-9 ¾ The object dictionary CANopen uses an object- based way to define a st andard device. Every device is represente d by a set of objects, an d can be visited by the network. The model of the CANopen device is illustrated below . As the figure below shows, the object dictiona ry is the interface between the comm ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 666

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 7-10 receive PDOs are called PDO consum e rs.  The PDO is described by mean s of the “produce r/consumer mode”. The data is transmitted from one producer to one or many consumers. The d ata whi ch can be transmitted are limited to 1-byte data to 8-byte data. After the data is transm ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 667

    7 CANopen Function and Operation 7-1 1 The data format for RxPDO and TxPDO is as follows. COB-ID Byte 0 Byt e 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 By te 5 Byte 6 Byt e 7 Object identifier Data ¾ SDO (service dat a object)  The SDO is used to build the client/se rver rel ation between two CANopen devi ce s. The client device can read the data from the object ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 668

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 7-12 Reply code (hex) Description 80 S topping the SDO function ¾ NMT (network management objec t) The CANopen network ma nage ment conforms to the “master/slave” mode. Only one NMT master exist s in the CANo pen network, and othe r nodes are con sidered slaves. NMT realized three ser ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 669

    7 CANopen Function and Operation 7-13 Initialization Pre-operational Operational S topped EMCY X X Boot-up X NMT X X X The format of the control message for the node st ate: COB-ID Byte 0 By te 1 0 Command specifier (CS) Slave address (0: Broadcast) The command specifiers are listed belo w . Command specifier (hex) Function 01 S tart the remote nod ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 670

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 7-14  Boot-up serv ices After the slave com pletes the initialization and ent ers the pre-ope rational state, it transmit s the Boot-up message. ¾ Other predefined CANopen communication object s (SYNC and EMCY)  SYNC Object (Sy nchronous objec t) The synchronous obje ct is the me ss ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 671

    7 CANopen Function and Operation 7-15 ¾ The corresponding object in the predefin ed co nnection set Object Function code COB-I D Index of the communication p arameter Emergency 0001 129 (81h)–255 (FFh) 1014h, 1015h PDO1 (TX) 001 1 385 (181h)–51 1 (1FFh) 1800h PDO1 (RX) 0100 513 (201h)–639 (27Fh ) 1400h PDO2 (TX) 0101 641 (281h)–767 (2FF h) ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 672

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 7-16 Request message PLC device High byte Low byte D6257 ~ D6281 Reserved  Command: Fixed to “01”.  ReqID: The reque st ID. Whenever an SDO requ est message is sent out, the message will be given a ReqID for CANopen master to identify . When reading/writing another SDO message, t ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 673

    7 CANopen Function and Operation 7-17  T ype: In SDO response message, 43 (Hex) refers to reading 4 bytes of data; 4B (Hex) refe rs to reading 2 bytes of dat a; 4F (Hex) refers to reading 1 byte of data; 60 (Hex) refers to writing 1/2/4 byte(s) of dat a; 80 (H ex) re fers to stopping SDO command. Example 1: Write 01020 3E8 (hex) to (Index_subind ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 674

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 7-18  Response data: Response message PLC device High byte(H ex) Low byte(Hex ) D6000 ResID =01 Command =0 1 D6001 Reserved =0 Size =8 D6002 Message Header T ype =43 Node ID =03 D6003 Main index high byte =21 Main index low byte =09 D6004 Reserved =0 Subindex =0 D6005 D atum 1=03 Da tum ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 675

    7 CANopen Function and Operation 7-19 equal to1, it indicates that NMT op eration fails and in the meantime, you should check if the data in NMT request message are correct.  Node ID: The node ad dress of the targ et equipment on CANope n n etwork. Example 1: S top slav e of No. 3 through NMT  Request data: Request message PLC device High byt ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 676

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 7-20 Response message PLC device High byte(Hex) Low byte(He x) D6004 Datum 1 Datum 0 D6005 Datum 3 Datum 2 D6006 Datum 5 Datum 4 D6007 Datum 7 Datum 6 D6008 ~ D601 1 Emergency2 D6012 ~ D6015 Emergency3 D6016 ~ D6019 Emergency4 D6020~ D 6023 Emergency5 D6024~ D6031 Reser ved  Command: Fi ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 677

    7 CANopen Function and Operation 7-21  Emergency response dat a Response message PLC device High byte Low byte D6000 ReqID=01 S tatus code =01 D6001 Reserved =0 Size =2A (Hex) D6002 Message header T ype =04 Node ID =02 D6003 T otal number of data =1 Number of dat a stored =1 D6004 Datu m 1=54 D atum 0=42 D6005 Datu m 3=15 D atum 2=20 D6006 Datum ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 678

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 7-22 ¾ Explanation of Request Message Devices: Explanation PLC device Content (Hex) High by te(Hex) Low byte(Hex) D6250 0101 ReqID = 01 Command = 01 D6251 0004 Reserved Size = 04 D6252 0102 T ype = 01 Node ID = 02 D6253 2009 Index high byte = 20 Index low byte = 09 SDO request message map ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 679

    7 CANopen Function and Operation 7-23 When M0=ON, DVP-ES2-C send s out the first request message and D6000 sh ould be 101(hex) afte r the re sponse message is transmi tted back successfully . In program, if the value of D6000 is judged as 101(hex), the ReqID is chang ed into 2 and D6250 is given a new value 201(hex) and DVP-E S2-C sends out the req ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 680

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 7-24 LED indicator Description How to deal w ith The red light flashes. There are syntax error existing in the program written to PLC or the PLC device or instruction is out of the allowed range. Judge the error cause according to the content value of the special register D1004 in PLC; fin ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 681

    7 CANopen Function and Operation 7-25 D9998 can be used for m onitoring the state of nodes from 1 to 16 in the network. And the 16 bits of D9998 corre sponds to 16 slaves and the corresp onding relations of them are sho wn below . Bit b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 Node Node 8 Node 7 Node 6 N ode 5 Node 4 Node 3 Node 2 Node 1 Bit b15 b14 b13 b12 b1 1 b10 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 682

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 7-26 Code Indication Ho w to correct E8 The node IDs of master and slave repeat. Set the node ID of master and slave again and ensure their node IDs are sole. ¾ Code display in D9980 as DVP-ES2-C is in master m ode: Code Indication How to correct F1 Slave has not been added to node list o ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 683

    7 CANopen Function and Operation 7-27 Code Indication Ho w to correct F4 BUS-OFF state is detected . Check if CANopen bus cab l es a re properly connected and ensure that all the node devices run at the same baud rate before re-power ing. FB The sending buf fer in DVP-ES2-C is full. Che ck if the CANopen bus cable is properly connected and then re- ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 684

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 7-28 Parameter Setting Explanation 1-01 04 S peed mode 0-17 07 Drive displays the motor rotation speed (r/min) 2-10 101 Set DI1 as the signal for Servo On 2-12 1 14 Set DI3 and DI4 as the signal for speed selection ¾ Setting CANopen Baud Rate and No de ID of DVP-ES2-C DVP-ES2-C uses the d ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 685

    7 CANopen Function and Operation 7-29 Item Explanation Default COM port The serial port of computer used for communi cation with DVP-ES2-C. COM1 Address The communication address of DVP-ES 2-C 01 Baud rate The communication rate between computer and DVP-ES2-C 9600 bp s Data bit s 7 Parity Even parity S top bit The communication protocol betwe en co ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 686

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 7-30 4) Click “Network”> “Master Parameter” and the followin g “Master configure…” dialog box appears. Item Explanation De fault Node ID The node ID of DVP-ES2-C on the CANopen network 17 Baud rate CANopen communication rate 1M bit/second Work mo de CANopen master/slave mo ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 687

    7 CANopen Function and Operation 7-31 5) After the steps above a re fi nished, the do wnload will be perform ed as the figure shows below . Note: The new para meters af ter being downloaded will be e f fective unless DVP-ES2-C is re-power ed. ¾ Network Scanning: Scan the master and slave on the CA No pen netwo rk by clicking menu “Net work”> ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 688

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 7-32  “Auto SDO Configuration” Used for doing one write action to the slave pa rameter via SDO and the write action is finished when the slave enters the operational st ate from pre-operational st ate. Up to 20 SDOs can be configured by “Auto SDO config uration”.  “PDO Mapp ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 689

    7 CANopen Function and Operation 7-33 PDO transmission type ca n be synchronous transmission and a synchronous transmission. In synchronous transmi ssion, master will s end out the SYNC message in the fixed cycle. The length of the cycle is set in master prope rties dialog box with the default value: 50ms. In asynchronous transmission, the message ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 690

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 7-34 3> After the abov e setting is finished, double click the m aster , select ASDA-A2 Drive, and click “ > ” to move A2 to the right list and download the configured data. The mapping relation between master and slave: DVP-ES2-C master register Data transmission on CANopen bus ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 691

    7 CANopen Function and Operation 7-35 7.7 Object Dictionary The communication object s in the object dictionary are shown as below: Index Subindex Object name Dat a type Attribute Default value H’1000 H’00 Device type Unsigned 32 bits R 0x00000000 H’1001 H’00 Error register Unsigned 8 bit s R 0 H’1005 H’00 COB-ID SYNC Unsigned 32 bits R ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 692

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 7-36 Index Subindex Object name Dat a type Attribute Default value H’03 Inhibit time Unsigned 16 bit s RW 0 -- RxPDO4 communication parameter H’00 Number of valid subindex Unsigned 8 bi ts R 3 H’01 COB-ID of RxPDO4 Unsigned 32 bits R W 0x80000000 H’02 Transmi ssion mode Unsign ed 8 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 693

    7 CANopen Function and Operation 7-37 Index Subindex Object name Dat a type Attribute Default value H’00 Number of valid subindex Unsigned 8 bi ts RW 4 H’01 The first mapped object Unsigned 32 bit s RW 0x200001 10 H’01 The second mapped object Unsigned 32 bits RW 0x20000210 H’02 The third mapped object Unsigned 32 bit s RW 0x20000310 H’03 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 694

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 7-38 Index Subindex Object name Data type Attribute Default value H’01 The first mapped object Unsigned 32 bits R W 0 H’01 The second mapped object Unsigned 32 bit s RW 0 H’02 The third mapped object Unsigned 32 bits R W 0 H’03 The fourth mapped object Unsigned 32 bit s RW 0 -- RxP ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 695

    7 CANopen Function and Operation 7-39 Index Subindex Object name Data ty pe Attribute Default value H’05 T imer Unsigned 16 bits RW 100 -- TxPDO2 communication parameter H’00 Number of valid subindex Unsigned 8 bit s R 5 H’01 COB-ID of TxPDO2 Unsigned 32 bits R W 0x80000000 H’02 T ransmission mode Unsigned 8 bit s RW 0xFF H’03 Inhibit tim ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 696

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 7-40 Index Subindex Object name Data ty pe Attribute Default value H’03 Inhibit time Unsigned 16 bits R W 50 H’05 T imer Unsigned 16 bits RW 100 -- TxPDO7 communication parameter H’00 Number of valid subindex Unsigned 8 bit s R 5 H’01 COB-ID of TxPDO7 Unsigned 32 bits R W 0x8000000 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 697

    7 CANopen Function and Operation 7-41 Index Subindex Object name Data ty pe Attribute Default value H’03 The third mapped object Unsigned 32 bits R W 0 H’04 The fourth mapped object Unsigned 32 bit s RW 0 -- TxPDO4 mapping parameter H’00 Number of valid subindex Unsigned 8 bit s RW 0 H’01 The first mapped object Unsigned 32 bits R W 0 H’0 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 698

    DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manua l - Programming 7-42 Index Subindex Object name Data ty pe Attribute Default value H’00 Number of valid subindex Unsigned 8 bit s RW 0 H’01 The first mapped object Unsigned 32 bits R W 0 H’02 The second mapped object Unsigned 32 bit s RW 0 H’03 The third mapped object Unsigned 32 bits R W 0 H’04 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 699

    Appendix An introduction of inst alling the USB driver in the PLC Content s A.1 Inst alling the USB Driver ......................................................................................................... A-2 A-1 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 700

    DVP-ES2EX2/SS2/SA 2/SX2/SE Operation Manual - Programming A.1 Installing the USB Driver This section introd uces the installation of the DEL T A PLC USB driver in the computer . After the driver is instal led, the USB interface can be used as the serial port (RS-232). Please use the standard US B cable. The length of the cable shoul d b e within fi ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 701

    Appednd ix A After the driver is in stalled, use rs can find the Delta PLC devi ce an d the comm unication port assigned to it in the Device Manger window . The usage of this device is the same as that of RS-232. A-3 ...

  • Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - page 702

    DVP-ES2EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2 /SE Operation Manual - Pr ogramming Select Communication Setting in Options to open the Communication Setting window . Select RS232 in the Connection Setup box, select the communication p ort assig ned by the USB in the Communication Setting box, and click OK . After the communication setting is complete, users can find that ...

Manufacturer Delta Category Two-Way Radio

Documents that we receive from a manufacturer of a Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE can be divided into several groups. They are, among others:
- Delta technical drawings
- DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE manuals
- Delta product data sheets
- information booklets
- or energy labels Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE
All of them are important, but the most important information from the point of view of use of the device are in the user manual Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE.

A group of documents referred to as user manuals is also divided into more specific types, such as: Installation manuals Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE, service manual, brief instructions and user manuals Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE. Depending on your needs, you should look for the document you need. In our website you can view the most popular manual of the product Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE.

Similar manuals

A complete manual for the device Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE, how should it look like?
A manual, also referred to as a user manual, or simply "instructions" is a technical document designed to assist in the use Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE by users. Manuals are usually written by a technical writer, but in a language understandable to all users of Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE.

A complete Delta manual, should contain several basic components. Some of them are less important, such as: cover / title page or copyright page. However, the remaining part should provide us with information that is important from the point of view of the user.

1. Preface and tips on how to use the manual Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - At the beginning of each manual we should find clues about how to use the guidelines. It should include information about the location of the Contents of the Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE, FAQ or common problems, i.e. places that are most often searched by users in each manual
2. Contents - index of all tips concerning the Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE, that we can find in the current document
3. Tips how to use the basic functions of the device Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE - which should help us in our first steps of using Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE
4. Troubleshooting - systematic sequence of activities that will help us diagnose and subsequently solve the most important problems with Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE
5. FAQ - Frequently Asked Questions
6. Contact detailsInformation about where to look for contact to the manufacturer/service of Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE in a specific country, if it was not possible to solve the problem on our own.

Do you have a question concerning Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE?

Use the form below

If you did not solve your problem by using a manual Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE, ask a question using the form below. If a user had a similar problem with Delta DVP-ES2/EX2/SS2/SA2/SX2/SE it is likely that he will want to share the way to solve it.

Copy the text from the picture

Captcha
New picture

Comments (0)